Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
W h arton H a ll.
Sprout O b serv a to ry .
H a ll G ym n asiu m .
Parrish H all.
Servants* D orm ito ry .
T en n is C ou rts.
B ea rd sley H a ll.
S c ie n c e H a ll.
S om erville G ym n asiu m .
T h e L ibrary.
T h e H a ll o f C h e m is tr y .'
Students* O bserv atory.
T h e Benjam in W e s t H o u s e .
T h e M eetin g H o u s e .
P rofessors* R e s id e n c e s .
" U lv e rs to n e ,” the P residen t’ s H o u s e .
T h e R ailroad Station.
T h e F a rm H o u s e .
T h e H eatin g and L ighting Plant.
M em oria l G atew ays.
W ater T a n k .
T h e Sw im m ing P o o ls .
W h ittier H o u s e .
B o o k and K ey H o u s e .
ALU M N I
FIELD
SW ARTHMORE COLLEGE
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
B u l l e t in
CATALOGUE N U M BER
F O R T Y -N IN T H Y E A R
1917-1918
The Jubilee Fund
Founders’ D ay, 1917
General College Information
SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA
Printed for the College
Vol. X V .
No. 2 .
Twelfth M onth, 1917
Entered at the Post-Office at Swarlhmore, P a., as second-class matter
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
1917-18
TH E JU BILEE FUND
On December 1, 1916, the total subscription to the Jubilee
Fund amounted to $425,365. This included a subscription of
$50,000 by J. S. & W . P. Worth, which at a time to be agreed
on would be available for the beginning o f a dormitory for
women. Thus the amount subscribed on the above date for en
dowment was in round numbers $375,000. The Committee of
the Board in charge of the Jubilee Campaign continued the work
until Commencement time. One of the most important sub
scriptions to the Fund, was from the General Education Board
of New York, founded by John D. Rockefeller. This gift of
$125,000 was conditioned on there being subscribed by October
10, 1919, a total subscription o f $750,000 for endowment. Thus
the College has'to secure $625,000 in addition to the conditional
gift of the General Education Board.
A very important part o f the campaign for the year was the
substantial support o f the Alumni. For the first time in the
history o f the College, the Alumni were thoroughly organized.
Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, President of the Alumni Asso
ciation last year, appointed an executive committee consisting
of Edward B. Temple, ’91, and John F. Murray, ’94, for the
men, and Frances M. White, ’91, Lois Furnance, ’06, and Ruth
Verlenden, ’l l , fo r the women. Representatives o f the men from
each class met at the University Club in Philadelphia at an in
formal dinner on March 16. A n enthusiastic meeting was held
which resulted in a resolution strongly endorsing the Jubilee
Fund movement, and a member from each class was appointed
to make personal appeals to the several classes. They authorized
the appointment of an executive secretary. F or this post, Sam
uel Darlington Heed, ’07, was appointed. He established an
(3 )
SWARTHMOKE COLLEGE BULLETIN
4
office at the College and under the direction of the executive sec
retary, a vigorous campaign among the Alumni was conducted.
The women were no less active than the men. They met at the
College at luncheon, March 26, in even greater numbers than
the men at their meeting, and with equal energy and enthusiasm
they endorsed the movement most heartily and approved of the
appointment of Samuel D. Heed as Executive Secretary. Anna
L. Miller, ’15, was made Assistant Executive Secretary. They,
in connection with special committees from all the classes, car
ried on a very efficient campaign. Had it not been for the con
ditions due to the world war, no doubt the total amount neces
sary to secure the conditional gift of the General Education
Board would have been subscribed by Commencement. A t the
general meeting of the Alumni Association at Swarthmore, Sixth
Month 9,1917, the Alumni voted a continuation of the Committee
to carry the work to completion when it was deemed best. The
total amount of the Endowment Jubilee Fund to date is $535,000.
Since the beginning of the Alumni campaign the Alumni with
the cooperation of the Committee of the Board of Managers, have
raised about $285,000 including the conditional gift of the Gen
eral Education Board. Thus, there is yet about $90,000 to be
subscribed. About $350,000, including the W orth Fund has
already been paid to the Treasurer of the College.
F O U N D E R S’ D A Y , 1917
The tenth annual celebration of Founders’ Day occurred on
the 27th of October, which proved to be an ideal day for out-ofdoor exercises. In view of the participation of the country in
the Great W ar and the appeal to every citizen for strict econ
omy, it was seriously questioned at one time whether it would
not be well to omit the Founders’ Day celebration this year. But
after careful consideration of the question by the faculty and
student committees, it was decided to hold the exercises as usual,
but to minimize the expenses connected with them as far as pos
sible. Accordingly, no engraved invitations were sent out as
usual and. both the college and the classes omitted the printing
of programs for the day as well as expenditure for any other
purpose.
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
5
The academic procession stopped on the east campus, where
Isaac H. Clothier planted a memorial oak tree. The usual large
audience then assembled in the out-door auditorium where Presi
dent William W . Comfort of Haverford College made the prin
cipal address. The new president of our sister college was re
ceived with especially cordial interest and greeting, and his
address on “ The Appeal to Ancestry” was an interesting and
impressive one. Its keynote was loyalty to, rather than pride
in, ancestry, and the theme was developed with a wealth of
literary and historical allusions and practical applications to
the lessons of to-day.
President Robert M. Janney of the Board of Managers pre
sided ; John Russell Hayes read a poem in memory of Professor
Walter Dennison, who died on March 18, 1917; and the classes
sang their class songs, the audience participating in the singing
of “ America” and “ Alma Mater.” Later in the afternoon, a
football game with Franklin and Marshall College was played
on Swarthmore F ield ; and in the evening the students presented
in Parrish Hall three one-act plays as follows: “ Helena’s Hus
band,” “ The Tents of the Arabs,” and “ Modesty.”
SW A R TH M O R E C O L L E G E C A T A LO G U E
F O R T Y -N IN T H Y E A R
1917-1918
S E S S IO N DAYS OF C O LLE G E IN B O L D -F A C E TY P E
1918
M
T
W
T
1
2
8
13 14 15
20 21 22
27 28 29
9
16
23
30
6
7
3
F
S
4
a
m
T
M
T
10 11 12
17 18 19
24 25 26
31
W
w
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
M
F
8
3 4 5 6
9 10 11 12 13
16 17 18 19 20
23 24 25 26 27
30
1
7 8
14 15
21 22
28 29
T
2
9
16
23
30
W
3
M
T
6 7 8 9
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 28
5 6 7
12 13 14
19 20 21
26 27 28
M
6 7
13 14
20 21
27 28
T
F
S
S
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
24 25 26 27
31
1
8
15
22
29
W
M
T
T
3 4
10 11
17 18
24 25
31
M
T
F
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
8
8
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
2 3
9 10
16 17
23 24
30 31
T
W
F
8
4 5
11 12
18 19
25 26
F
S
4 5 6 7 8 9
11 12 13 14 15 16
18 19 20 21 22 23
25 26 27 28 29 30
T
2
5 6 7 8
9
1213 14 15 16
1920 21 22 23
26 27 28 29 30
M
W
T
T
W
T
F
8
1
2 3
9 10
16 17
23 24
30
4 5 6 7
8
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
15
22
29
September
T
1 2
S U
S
T
June
W
S
3
10
17
24
31
U
T
W
T
F
8
2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
1
December
November
F
W
1
August
T
October
8
8
a
May
T
July
8
F
1 2
1 2
7 8
14 15
21 22
28 29
T
5
April
S
March
February
January
5
F
1
8
8
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
M
T
W
T
F
8
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
1919
M
T
W
T
1 2
F
8
3
4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
8
U
T
M
I
yr
T
1 2 3
7 8 9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30
6
W
T
F
8
8
1
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 17 18 19
23 24 25 26
6
13
20
27
7 8
14 15
21 22
28
M
T
F
4
11
18
25
8
5
12
19
26
a
U
T
W
4 5 6 7
11 12 18 14
18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
(8 )
w
T
F
8
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
2
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
June
May
. April
8
March
February
January
8
T
F
3
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
8
U
T
w
T
F
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
r*
COLLEGE CALEN D AR
1918
f ir s t Month 8..............T h ird -d a y .......... College Work resumes at 8.00 A. m .
First Month 28............Second-day . . . . Mid-year Examinations begin.
Second Month 5..........Third-day ......... Registration and Enrollment in Classes
... Jit ’ f ° r the Second Semester, 2.00 to
5.00 p . m .
Second Month 5.......... T h ird -d a y ----- .First Semester ends.
Second Month 6..........Fourth-day . . . . Second Semester begins.
Second Month 22........Sixth-day ..........College Work suspended for the day.
Third Month 12.......... Third-day .....M e e tin g o f Board o f Managers.
Third Month 22..........Sixth-day ......... College Work ends at 4.00 p . m . for
Fourth Month 2 ;........ Third-day ...........
theSpring Recess.
F ifth Month 28.......... T h ird -d a y ......... College Work resumes at 8.00 a . m .
Sixth Month 5 ............ Fourth-day . . . . Final Examinations begin.
Sixth Month 7 ............ Sixth-day ..........Final Examinations end.
Sixth Month 7 ............ Sixth-day ..........Meeting o f Board o f Managers.
Sixth Month 8 .............Seventh-day ...C la ss Day.
Sixth Month 9 ............ First-day ......... Alumni Day.
Sixth Month 10...........Second-day .. ..Baccalaureate Day.
Sixth Month 11 to Ninth Month 1 6 . .. Commencement.
Summer Recess.
Ninth Month 1 6 ..---- Second-day ___ Examinations fo r Admission.
Ninth Month 17.........T h ird -d a y ..........Examinations for Admission.
Ninth Month 17........ T h ird -d a y .......... Matriculation, Registration, and En
rollment in Classes.
Ninth Month 18.......... Fourth-day ....E xam inations for Admission
Ninth Month 18.......... Fourth-day . . . .College Work begins at 8.00 A. m .
Tenth Month 1............ T h ird -d a y ....... Meeting o f Board o f Managers.
Tenth Month 26.......... Seventh-day...F o u n d e rs’ Day. College Work
sus
pended fo r the day.
Eleventh Month 27. . .F o u rth -d a y -----College Work ends at 1.00 p . m . for
the Thanksgiving Recess.
Twelfth Month 2 .........Second-day .. ..College Work resumes at 8.00 a . m .
Twelfth Month 3 .........Third-day ......... Annual Meeting o f Corporation.
Twelfth Month 20----- Sixth-day ......... College Work ends at 4.00 P. m . for
the Christmas Recess.
1919
First Month 7 ..
T h ird -d a y ........College Work resumes at 8.00 a . m .
First Month 27.
Second-day ....M id -y ea r Examinations begin.
Second Month 4.
Third-day ........Registration and Enrollment in Classes
for the Second Semester, 2.00 to
5.00 p . m .
Second Month 4..
T h ird -d a y ........First Semester ends.
Second Month 5..
Fourth-day ....S e c o n d Semester begins.
Second Month 22.
Seventh-day ...C ollege Work suspended for the day.
Third Month 11..
Third-day ........Meeting o f Board o f Managers.
Third Month 21..
Sixth-day . . . . . C o l l e g e Work ends at 4.00 p . m . for
the Spring Recess.
Fourth Month 1..
T h ird -d a y ........College Work resumes at 8.00 a . m .
F ifth Month 27. .
T h ird -d a y ........Final Examinations begin.
Sixth Month 4 . . .
Fourth-day . . . . Final Examinations end.
Sixth Month 6 . . .
Sixth-day ........ Meeting o f Board o f Managers.
Sixth Month 6 . . .
Sixth-day ........ Class Day.
Sixth Month 7 . . .
Seventh-day . . .Alumni Day.
Sixth Month 8 . . .
F irst-d a y .......... Baccalaureate Day.
Sixth Month 9 . . .
Second-day . . . . Commencement.
(9)
TA B LE OP CONTENTS
PAGE
M ap op the College Grounds ............................................F ronting T itle
T he J ubilee F und ................................................................................................
F ounders’ D a y , 1917..............
L unar Calendar, 1918-1919 ..............................................................................
College -Calendar, 1918-1919................................................... .'......................
T he B oard op M anagers ....................................................................................
Officers and Committees op the B oard....................................................
T h e F aculty .......................................
A dministrative Oppicers ........................
Standing Committees op the F acu lty .......................................
3
4
8
9
12
13
15
24
25
SWARTHMOEE COLEGE:
Location and Foundation............................................................................
Buildings .......................................................................................................
Social L ife .......................................................................................
Beligious L ife ...............................................................................................
Students’ Societies ......................................................................................
College Publications ....................................................................................
Libraries and Beading Booms...........................................
The M u seu m ..................................................................................................
33
33
35
35
37
E xpenses ...............................................................................................................
F ellowships and S cholarships ......................................................................
39
44
B equieements por A dm ission :
Examinations for Admission.................................................................
Admission by Certificate........................
Entrance Bequirements ...............................................................................
Advanced Standing ......................................................................................
R equirements for Graduation .........- ............................................................
Quality Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..................................
Extra or Less Hours......................................................................................
Prescribed S tu d ie s.................................................... - .................................
M ajor S u b je c t ......................... .................................................... |..............
Elective S tu d ie s .............................................
Uniform Curriculum for the Freshman Year in the Courses
in A r t s ...................................
The Courses o f Study in Applied Science............................................
Irregular Courses o f Study....................................................................
Uniform Curriculum fo r the Freshman and Sophomore Years in
Applied S c ie n c e .....................................................................................
(1 0 )
26
27
32
49
50
51
68
69
70
70
71
72
72
73
73
74
74
TABLE OP CONTENTS
Course Advisers ...........................................
Extra Work Done Outside o f Classes......................................................
Summer School W ork...................................................................................
Removal o f Conditions.................................................................................
System o f Grades..........................................................................................
Exemption from Examinations...................................................................
Absences from Examination......................................................................
Absences from Classes.................................................................................
11
PAGE
76
76
76
76
77
77
78
78
D egrees:
Bachelor o f A rts...........................................
Master o f A r t s ...............................................................................................
Advanced Degrees in Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineer
ing .......................................
80
80
81
D epartments and Courses op I nstruction :
English ...........................................................................................................
French and Spanish.....................................................................................
German Language and Literature.............................................................
Greek and L atin ........................................................................................ >.
Public Speaking . . ........................................................................................
Public Speaking Contests and Prizes......................................................
History and International Relations.............................
Political S c ie n c e ....................................................................................... 8
Economics .............. ......................................................................................
Law .................................................................................................................
History o f Religion and Philosophy........................................................
Psychology and Education.........................................
A rt ..................
Biology .................................................................................
Chemistry and Chemical Engineering......................................................
Chemical E n g in eerin g...........................
Engineering— Civil, Mechanical, and Electrical....................................
Mathematics and Astronomy.................................................
Physics ...........................................................................................................
Physical Education .....................................................................................
Physical Education o f the M en...............................
Physical Education o f the W om en............................................................
83
85
89
92
96
98
99
101
104
106
106
108
I ll
112
115
118
120
137
141
143
143
144
R egister op Students, 1917-1918.....................................................................
Summary op. Students b y States . .................................................................
F ellows and Scholars, 1917-1918...................................................................
Holders op F ellowships , 1893-1918...............................................................
D egrees Conferred in 1917.....................................
T he A lumni A ssociation . ................................................................................
Swarthmore Clubs ...........................
I ndex ........ v. ...............
Committee on T rusts -..................................
146
157
158
158
165
168
168
173
176
BOARD OF M ANAGERS
Robert M. J anney , President,
1015 Pennsylvania Building, Philadelphia.
W ilson M. P owell, J k., Vice President,
130 E. Seventieth Street, New York.
He tty L ippincott M iller, Secretary,
Biverton, N, J.
Charles M. B iddle, Treasurer,
513 Commerce Street, Philadelphia.
Term expires Twelfth Month, 1918
I saac H. Clothier, Eighth and Market Streets, Philadelphia.
Caroline H. W orth, Coatesville, Pa.
E dmund W ebster, 1324 S. Broad Street, Philadelphia.
E m m a M cI lvaine Cooper, 715 Cooper Street, Camden, N. J.
R ebecca C. L ongstreth, Haverford, Pa.
W illiam C. Sfroul, Chester, Pa.
R obert P yle , West Grove, Pa.
J oseph Sw ain , Swarthmore, Pa.
Term expires Twelfth Month, 1919
R obert M. J anney , 1015 Pennsylvania Building, Philadelphia.
L uella B uedsall, Port Chester, N. Y .
W ilson M. P owell , J r ., 130 E. Seventieth Street, New York.
E dward M artin , M.D., 1506 Loeust Street, Philadelphia.
W m . W . Cocks, Westbury, Long Island, N. Y.
L ucy B iddle L ew is , Lansdowne, Pa.
P hilip M. S harples, West Chester, Pa.
M ary H ibbard T hatcher, Swarthmore, Pa.
Term expires Twelfth Month, 1980
Charles F. J enkins , West Washington Square, Philadelphia.
Robert H. W alker , 914 Fidelity Building, Baltimore, Md.
E m m a C. B ancroft, Wilmington, Del.
H arriett Cox M cD owell, 310 Kenmore Place, Brooklyn, N. Y.
H oward W . L ippincoot, Swarthmore, Pa.
Abigail F oulke P im , 205 Elm Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
M ary L ippinoott Griscom , 314 E. Central Avenue, Moorestown, N. J.
T. Stockton M atthew s , German and Calvert Sts., Baltimore, Md.
(1 2 )
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
13
Term expires Twelfth Month, 1921
H oward Cooper J ohnson , 1210-1214 Commonwealth Bldg., Philadelphia.
Hetty L ippincott M iller, Riverton, N. J.
J oanna W . L ippincott, 1712 Spruce Street, Philadelphia.
R owland Comly , Logan Trust Building, Philadelphia.
H enry C. T urner, 244 Madison Ave., New York.
D aniel U nderhill, J r ., -26 Court Street, Brooklyn, N. Y .
E lsie P almer B rown , 1622 Twenty-ninth St., N.W., Washington, D. C.
E sther H. Cornell, 43 Willow Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.
COMMITTEES OF TH E BOARD
The President is ex-Officio a M em ber of Every Committee
Executive
I saac H. Clothier,
Edmund W ebster,
H oward W . L ipjtncott,
W illiam C. Sproul,
Caroline H. W orth,
M ary L ippincott Griscom ,
W ilson M. P owell , J r .,
E m m a M cI lvain Cooper,
L ucy B iddle L ewis ,
J oanna W . L ippincott,
E m m a C. B ancroft,
L uella B uedsall,
P hilip M. Sharples,
Howard Cooper J ohnson,
R ebecca C. L ongstreth,
H enry C. .T urner.
Finance and Audit
Rowland Comly ,
Edmund W ebster,
W ilson M. P owell, J r.
Instruction
L ucy B iddle L ew is ,
Edward M artin ,
W ilson M. P owell , J r .,
Henry C. T urner,
Bobert P yle ,
E sther H. Cornell,
R ebecca C. L ongstreth,
H arriett Cox M cD owell ,
H etty L ippincott M iller,
M ary H ibbard T hatcher .
Buildings and Property
E dmund W ebster,
R owland Comly ,
Caroline H. W orth,
H oward W. L ippincott,
R obert P yle ,
E m m a M cI lvain Cooper,
Charles F. J enkins ,
H oward Cooper J ohnson .
Trusts
Charles F. J enkins ,
Edmund W ebster,
I saac H. Clothier,
Howard Cooper J ohnson,
R obert P yle ,
J oseph Sw ain ,
T. Stockton M atthew s .
14
SWARTH MORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Library
D aniel U nderhill, J r .,
Chart.es F. J enkins ,
L ucy B iddle L ewis ,
E lsie
H arriett Cox M cDowell ,
R obert H. W alker,
W illiam W. Cocks,
P almer B rown .
Household
E m m a C. B ancroft,
E m m a M cI lvain Cooper,
M ary H ibbard T hatcher,
Caroline H. W orth ,
A bigail F oulke P im ,
H etty L ippincott M iller .
Nominations
I saac H. Clothier,
E m m a C. B ancroft,
Caroline H. W orth ,
R obert
H oward Cooper J ohnson,
J oanna W. L ippincott,
H enry C. T urner,
H. W alker .
THE FACULTY
President
J o s e p h S w a i n , President o f the C ollege,.. . . “ Ulverstone,” College Campus
B.L., Indiana University, 1883; M.S., 1885; LL.D., Wabash. Oollege,
1893; LL.D., Lafayette Oollege, 1911; LL.D., University of Pennsylvania,
1912; student o f Mathematics and Astronomy, University of Edinburgh,
1885-86. Instructor in Mathematics and Zoology, Indiana University, 18838 5 ; Assistant U. S. Fish Oommissioner, 1884; Professor of Mathematics,
Indiana University, 1886-91; Professor of Mathematics, Leland Stanford
Junior University, 1891-93; President o f Indiana University, 1893-1902.
Member of National Council of Education; Member o f National Council of
Religious Education; Member Board of Trustees, World’ s Peace Foundation;
President, Public Education Association of Philadelphia ; President of the
National Education Association, 1913-14.
President of Swarthmore College
from 1902.
Vice President
J o h n A n t h o n y M il l e r ,
Edward E . Magill, Professor o f Mathematics and
Astronomy, ........................................Cunningham House, College Campus
A.B., Indiana University, 1890; A.M., Leland Stanford Junior University,
1893 ; Ph.D., University o f Chicago, 1899. Graduate Student, University of
Chicago, 1895-97, and summer term, 1898. Instructor in Mathematics, In
diana University, January to June, 1890; Superintendent o’f Schools, Rock
ville, Ind., 1890-91 ; Instructor in Mathematics, Leland Stanford Junior Uni
versity, 1891-92; Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1893-94; Acting Profes
sor o f Mathematics, Indiana University, 1894-95; Professor of Mechanics and
Astronomy, 1895-1906.
Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy, Swarth
more College, from 1906. Vice President, from 1914.
Dean o f Women
H e n r ie t t a J o s e p h in e M e e t e e r , Assistant Professor o f Greek,. .Parrish Hall
A.B., Indiana University, 1901; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1904.
Frances Sergeant Pepper Fellow in Classical Languages, University of Penn
sylvania, 1901-04. Dean of Women, University o f Colorado, 1904-06. Dean
of Swarthmore College, 1906-13; Assistant Professor o f Greek, from 1909.
Dean o f Women, from 1913.
Dean
W i l l i a m A l b e r t A l e x a n d e r , ...........Benjamin West House, College Campus
A.B., Indiana University, 1901. Library Assistant in Charge of Reference
Department, Indiana University, 1901-05.
Acting Instructor in History,
Swarthmore College, 1907-08; Registrar, Swarthmore College, 1905-13. Dean,
from 1913.
E l i z a b e t h P o w e l l B ond ,
Dean Emeritus,............................................................
6300 Greene Street, Germantown, Philadelphia
A.M., Hon., Swarthmore College, 1897.
1906.
(1 5 )
Dean o f Swarthmore College, 1886-
16
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Emeritus Professor o f the XPreeTc Language and
Literature,.................The Colonial, 11th and Spruce Sts., Philadelphia
W il l i a m H y d e A p p l e t o n ,
A.B., Harvard University, 1864; A.M., 1867; LL.B., 1869; Ph.D., Hon.,
Swarthmore College, 1888; LL.B ., Swartlimore College, 1912; student of
Greek and Philology, Universities of Berlin and Bonn, 1870-71; Athens,
1881-82. Tutor in Greek, Harvard University, 1868-70. Professor of Greek
and German, Swarthmore College, 1872-88; Acting President and President,
1889-91; Professor of Greek and Early English, 1891-1905; Professor of the
Greek Language and Literature, 1905-09.
Emeritus Professor o f Mathematics and Astron
om y,..........................................107 N. Thirty-fourth Street, Philadelphia
S u s a n J . Cu n n i n g h a m ,
Sc.D., Hon., Swarthmore College, 1888.- Special student at Vassar College,
1866-67; student under Professor o f Astronomy at Harvard University during
the summers o f . 1874 and 1876; at Princeton College, in the summer of
1881; at Williams College, the summers of 1883 and 1884; student in
Mathematics under private coach at Newnham College, Cambridge, England,
during the long vacation term of the summers of 1877, 1878, 1879, and 1882;
student at the Observatory of Cambridge, England, during the summer of
1887, and at Greenwich Observatory, the summer of 1891; student at the
University o f Chicago during the first half of the summer quarters of 1894
and 1895. Instructor in Mathematics, Swarthmore College, 1869-72; Assistant
Professor, 1872-74; Professor, 1874-1906.
G eorge A r t h u r H o a d l e y , Emeritus Professor o f Physios,. .518 Walnut Lane
C.E., Union College, 1874; A.B., 1874; A.M., 1877; Sc.D., 1907. P ro
fessor of Physics, Swarthmore College, 1888-1914. Vice President, 1892-1914.
S p e n c e r T r o t t e r , Professor o f B iology,...... “ Pennyscroft, ” Cheyney, Pa.
M.D., University o f Pennsylvania, 1883.
Jessup Fellow, Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, 1878-80; Resident Physician and Surgeon,
Pennsylvania .Hospital, 1883-85; Lecturer in Zoology in the Wagner Free
Institute of Science, Philadelphia. Professor of Biology and Geology, Swarth
more College, from 1888.
Isaac H. Clothier Professor o f History and Inter
national Belations,. ...........................................................504 Walnut Lane
W il l i a m I s a a c H u l l ,
A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1889; Ph.D., 1892. Student of History,
Universities of Berlin, 1891, and Leyden, 1907. Associate Professor of His
tory and Economics, Swarthmore .College, 1892-94; Joseph Wharton Professor
of History and Political Science, 1894-1904; Professor of History, 1904-11;
Professor of History and International Relations, from 1911.
Professor o f the History o f Religion and Phi
losophy,. ................................................ 5 Whittier Place, College Campus
J e sse H er m a n H olm es,
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1884; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 1890;
Graduate Student in University of Nebraska, 1884-85; Harvard University,
summer of 1895; Oxford University, 1899-1900; University of Pennsylvania,
1903-05 and 1911-12. Professor of the History of Religion and Philosophy,
Swarthmore College, from 1899.
Susan W. Lippincott Professor o f the French Language
and Literature and Secretary o f the Faculty,. .317 N. Chester Road
I sabelle B ro n k ,
THE FACULTY
17
Ph.B., Illinois Wesleyan University, 1893; Ph.D., University of Chicago,
1900. Student of French and German, Wellesley College, 1880-83; Germany
and France, 1883-84; University o f Leipzig, Sorbonne, and Collège de France,
1889-91; University o f Chicago, sommer quarter o f 1896 and 1897-98. Fel
low in Eomance Languages, University of Chicago, 1898-1900; student in the
Bibliothèque Nationale, summers of 1902, 1903, 1904, and 1908; at the Uni
versity o f Grenoble, first half of summer session 1906; in Paris and Madrid,
1910-11. Assistant in the Bomance Languages and Literatures and head of
Beecher House, University o f Chicago, 1900-01. Assistant Professor of the
French Language and Literature, Swarthmore College, 1901-02; Professor,
from 1902.
Geij .ert A lleman , Professor o f Chemistry,............ .............................................
8 Whittier Place, College Campus
B.S., Pennsylvania College, 1893 ; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1897.
Berlin, 1911-12.
Instructor in Chemistry, University of Maine, 1897-98;
Instructor in Chemistry, Washington University, 1898-1902.
Professor of
Chemistry, Swarthmore College, from 1902.
»P aul M aktin P eaeson, Professor o f Public Speaking,.. . .516 Walnut Tm «
A . B., Baker University, 1891; A.M., 1895; Litt.D., 1909. Student of
English and Oratory, Northwestern University, 1894-95; Harvard University,
1901-02. Assistant in Oratory, Northwestern University, 1895-1902. Assist
ant Professor of Public Speaking, Swarthmore College, 1902-04; Professor
from 1904.
George F rederick B lessing , I . V. Williamson Professor o f Mechanical
Engineering,.......................................... 6 Whittier Place, College Campus
B.
M.E., Kentucky University, 1897; M.E., 1905; Ph.D., Hanover College,
1906.
Draftsman with the Snead Iron Works, Louisville, Ky., 1897-98;
Draftsman with the Brown-Ketchum Iron Works, Indianapolis, Ind., 1898-99;
Draftsman with the Louisville Bridge and Iron Company, Louisville, Ky.,
summer, 1899; Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Nevada State
University, 1899-1900; Draftsman with Joseph McWilliams & Co., Contractors,
Louisville, Ky., summer, 1900; Professor o f Mechanical Engineering, Nevada
State University, 1900-05 ; Assistant to Engineer o f Tests, Southern Pacific
Railroad, Sacramento, Cal., summer, 1902 ; in charge o f Design and Research
W ork for the Eureka Oil Burning Company, San Francisco, Cal., summer,
1908; designer, Pacific Foundry, San Francisco, Cal., summer, 1904; Design
and Research W ork in Turbine Pumps, Platt Iron Works, Dayton, Ohio,
1J05-06; Designer in Steam Turbine-Department o f General Electric Company,
Lynn, Mass., 1906; Assistant Professor of Machine Design, Sibley College,
Cornell University, 1906-08; Lecturer, Machine Design, Cornell University,
summer session, 1907 and 1908. Professor o f Mechanical Engineering, Swarth
more Pollege, from 1908.
H arold Clarke Goddard, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor o f English)......................... ..............................3 Whittier Place, College Campus
A.B., Amherst College, 1900; A.M., Columbia University, 1903; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1906. Instructor in Mathematics, Amherst College;
1900-02; Instructor in English Literature, Northwestern University, 1904-06;
Assistant Professor of English Literature, Northwestern University, 1906-09.
Professor of English, Swarthmore College, from 1909.*
* Absent on leave.
2
18
SWART fl^lORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
R obert Clarkson B rooks, ^Joseph Wharton Professor o f Political Science,
104 Cornell Avenue
A.B., Indiana University, 1896; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1903. Presi
dent White Fellow in Political and Social Science, Cornell University, 189798; President White Traveling Fellow, Universities of Halle and Berlin,
1898-99; Instructor in Economics, Cornell University, 1899-1904; Joseph
Wharton Professor o f Economics, Swarthmore College', 1904-08; Professor of
Political Science, University o f Cincinnati, 1908-12; Professor of Political Sci
ence, Swarthmore College, from 1912.
Louis N ewton R obinson, Professor o f E conom ics,......... 411 College Avenue
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1905; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1911; Graduate
Student, Cornell University, 1905-06; Joshua Lippincott Traveling Fellow of
Swarthmore College, Universities of Halle and Berlin, 1906-07 ; Fellow in
Economics and Statistics, Cornell University, 1907-08. Instructor in Economics,
Swarthmore College, 1908-10; Assistant Professor, 1910-13; Professor, from
1913.
H arvey Cornelius H ayes , Morris L. Clothier Professor o f Physics,.............
4 Whittier Place, College Campus
A.B., Harvard University, 1907; A.M., 1908; Ph.D., 1911; Research
Fellow and Assistant in Physics, Harvard University, 1910-11; Instructor in
Physics, 1912-13 ; Instructor in Physics, The Harvard Summer School, 1910-13 ;
Professor of Physics, Swarthmore College, from 1914.
Ot,ara P rice N ewport, Professor o f the German Language and Literature,..
Swarthmore Avenue, above Elm
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1903; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1908.
Graduate Student, University of Chicago, 1903-04; Student of German and
French, University of Berlin, Sorbonne and Collège de France, and University
of Munich, 1904-05; Graduate Schofir in German, University of Wisconsin,
1906-07; Teaching Fellow in German, 1907-08; Instructor in Latin, Swarth
more College, 1908-09 ; Acting Assistant Professor of German, Swarthmore
College, 1909-10; Instructor in German, University of Kansas, 1910-12; As
sistant Professor of German, Swarthmore College, from -1912-17 ; Professor
o f the German Language and Literature, from 1917.
J ohn R ussell H ayes , L ibrarian,.............................................. 517 Elm Avenue
A.
B., Swarthmore College, 1888; A.B., Harvard University, 1889; LL.B.,
University o f Pennsylvania, 1892; student of English, Universities of Oxford
and Strasburg, 1892-93. Assistant in English, Swarthmore College, 1893-95;
Assistant Professor, 1895-1906. Librarian, from 1906.
L ewis F ussell , Assistant Professor o f Electrical Engineering,....................
Riverview and Baltimore Avenues
B . S., Swarthmore College, 1902 ; M.S., 1903; E.E., University of Wis
consin, 1907; Ph.D., 1907. Student, Cornell Summer School, 1904; Joshua
Lippincott Fellow (Swarthmore College), University of Wisconsin, 1905-06.
Instructor in Physics, Swarthmore College, 1902-05; Assistant in Electrical
Engineering, University o f Wisconsin, 1906-07. Instructor in Electrical Engi
neering, SwarthmOre College, 1907-09 ; Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi
neering, from 1909.
THE FACULTY
19
R oss W. M arriott, Assistant P rofessor o f Mathematics,. . 306 Union Avenue
A.B., Indiana University, 1906; A.M., Swarthmore College, 1907; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania,’ 1911.
Assistant in Mathematics, Swarthmore
College, 1906-07; Instructor in Mathematics, 1907-09; Assistant Professor,,
from 1909.
R oy B ennett P ace, Assistant Professor o f English..................................... .
1 Whittier Place, College Campus
A.B., Richmond College, 1897; A.M., George Washington University, 1898;
A.M., Harvard University, 1901; student of English, Germanic Philology and
Romance (absent on leave), University of Chicago, 1914-15. Professor of Eng
lish, Woman’s College o f Richmond, 1901-02; Professor of English, Ouachita
College, 1904-07; Instructor in English, Swarthmore College, 1907-09; Assist
ant Professor, from 1909.
Samuel Copeland P almer, Assistant Professor o f Biology, ...........................
Ogden Avenue and Walnut Lane
A.
B., Swarthmore College, 1895; A.M., Swarthmore College, 1907; A.M.,
Harvard University, 1909; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1912; Joshua Lippincott Fellow (Swarthmore College), 1907-08 and 1910-11; student, Summer
School, Harvard University, 1903 and 1908; holder of Philadelphia Academy
of National Science’s Table, Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass.,
1907; student, Bermuda Biological Station, 1909. Assistant in Zoological
Laboratory, Radcliffe College, 1908-09; Assistant in Zoological Laboratory,
Harvard University, 1907-09. Director of Athletics, Swarthmore Preparatory
School, 1885-1900; Vice Principal, 1900-07; Acting Assistant Professor of
Biology and Geology, Swarthmore ^College, 1909-10; Assistant Professor, from
1911.
George W illiam L ewis , Assistant Professor o f Mecha/nical Engineering, . .
16 Princeton Avenue
M.E., Cornell University, 1908; M.M.E., 1910. Machine Work with AllisChalmers Company, Scranton, Pa., summer, 1904; Foundry W ork with AllisChalmers Company, Scranton, Pa., summer, 1905; Experimental Gas Engine
Work with Fairbanks-Grant Company, Ithaca, N.Y., summer, 1906. Instructor
in Machine Shop, Cornell University, Summer Session, 1908; Instructor in
Machine Design, Sibley College, Cornell University, 1908-09; Instructor in
Experimental Engineering, Sibley College, Cornell University, 1909-10. As
sistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Swarthmore College, from 1910.
H enry J ermain M aude Creighton, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry, . . . . .
318 Harvard Avenue
B.
A., Dalhousie University, 1906; M.A., Dalhousie University, 1907; M.Sc.,
University of Birmingham, 1909; D.Sc., Das eidgenössisches Polytechnikum,
Zurich, 1911; University o f Heidelberg, 1909-10. Dalhousie University, sum
mers of 1914 and 1915. H. M. Royal 1851 Exhibition Science, Research
Scholar, 1908-10. Demonstrator in Chemistry, Dalhousie University, 1907-08;
Lecturer on Physical Chemistry, 1911-12. Instructor in Chemistry, Swarth
more College, 1912-13; Assistant Professor, from 1913.
E thel H ampson B rewster* Assistant Professor o f Greek and Latin.............
2 Whittier Place, College Campus
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1907; A.M., University of Pennsylvania, 1911;
Ph.D., 1915. Special Bennett Fellow in Latin, University of Pennsylvania,
20
SWABTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
1912-13; Bennett Fellow in Classics, 1913 to February, 1914. Instructor in
Latin, Vassar College, February, 1914, to June, 1916. Assistant Professor of
Greek and Latin, Swartbmore College, from 1916.
P hilip M arshall H icks , Assistant Professor o f Public Speaking,...............
Avondale, Pa.
A.
B., Swartbmore College, 1905; A.M., 1913. Assistant in Public Speak
ing, Swartbmore College, 1911-14. Instructor, 1914-17; Assistant Professor,
from 1917.
George P atrick Stocker, Assistant Professor o f Civil Engineering,...........
114 Cornell Avenue
B.
S. in C.E. University of Wisconsin, 1909; Graduate Student, University
of Wisconsin, Summer Session, 1909. Assistant Professor of Mathematics and
Civil Engineering, New Mexico College of Agriculture and Mecbanie Arts,
1909-12; Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, 1912-14; Associate Pro
fessor of Civil Engineering and Head of Civil Engineering Department, 1914-16.
Graduate Student and Instructor in Civil Engineering, Cornell University,
1916-17; Instructor, Cornell Camp for Civil Engineers, summer, 1917. As
sistant Professor o f Civil Engineering, Swarthmore College, from 1917.
H oward Cooper J ohnson , Lecturer in Law,........................................................
1210-14 Commonwealth Building, Philadelphia
B.L., Swarthmore College, 1896; LL.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1899;
Lawyer; Member o f tbe Board of Managers, Swartbmore College. Lecturer in
Law, from 1918.
B enjamin F ranklin B attin , Lecturer on the German Language and Liter
ature, ................................... The .Benjamin West House, College Campus
A.B., Swartbmore College, 1892; Pb.D., University of Jena, 1900. Josbua
Lippincott Fellow (Swarthmore College), Berlin and Athens, 1893-94; stu
dent of German and Philosophy, Universities of Berlin, 1898-99, and Jena,
1899-1900; student of Germanics, Universities of Leipzig and Munich, 190910. Instructor in Rhetoric and Composition, and in Greek, Swarthmore Col
lege, 1892-93; Assistant Professor o f German, 1900-02; Professor of German,
from 1902-17; Lecturer, from 1917.
Charles Henry F isher , Lecturer in Education,................. West Chester, Pa.
A.B., Lebanon Talley College, 1904; Student, Columbia University, 190506 ; B.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York City, 1907; Instructor in
Latin and History, High School, York, Pa., 1908-12; Harvard Summer School,
1910, Head o f the History Department, High School, Trenton, N. J., 1912-15;
A.M., University of Pennsylvania, 1914; Professor of Education, State Normal
School, West Chester, Pa., from 1915. Graduate Student University of Penn
sylvania, from 1915. Lecturer in Education, Swarthmore College, 1917-18.
Sturgiss B rown D avis, Lecturer in Education,..................... Collegeville, Pa.
A.B., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1907; A.M., Ohio State University, 1912;
Graduate Student, University o f Pennsylvania, 1916-17; Professor of Educa
tion, Ursinus College, 1916-18; Lecturer in Education, Swarthmore College,
1917-18.
THE FACULTY
21
E ugene L eRoy M ebcer, Director o f Physical E ducation,.. . .Wharton Hall
M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1918; Graduate in Physical Education,
University of Pennsylvania, 1915; Freshman Football Coach, University of
Pennsylvania, 1913; Assistant Physical Instructor, Swarthmore College, 191415; Director o f Physical Education and Athletics, Swarthmore College, from
1915.
L illian S haw , Director o f Physical Education, o f the Women,.......................
318 N. Chester Road
A.B., Queens College, 1912 ; Student o f Physical Education, Harvard Uni
versity Summer School, 1914; Graduate o f the Sargent School of Physical
Education, 1915 ; Student, Harvard University Summer School, 1917. Director
o f Physical Education o f the Women, Swarthmore College, from 1915.
Maud B assett Gorham , Instructor in English,............... 108 Cornell Avenue
A.B., Radclifife College, 1902; A.M., Raddiffe College, 1906; Ph.D., Radcliffe College, 1910.
Instructor in English Composition, Wellesley College,
1910-11. Instructor in English, Swarthmore College, from 1911.
Clara M abel H ogue, Instructor in English,................... 318 N. Chester Road
A.B., Greenville College, 1904; A.M., Northwestern University, 1910. Reader
in English Literature, Northwestern University, 1910-11. Reader in English,
Swarthmore College, 1911-12. Instructor in English, from 1912.
J ohn H imes P itman , Instructor in Mathematics and Astronomy,...................
317 N. Chester Road
A.
B., Swarthmore College, 1910; A.M., 1911. Joshua Lippincott Fellow
(Swarthmore College), University of California, 1911-12; Lick Observatory
Fellow, 1912-13. Instructor in Mathematics and Astronomy, Swarthmore Col
lege, from 1913.
Mary R. L ewis , Lecturer in H ygien e,.. .46 N. Fortieth Street, Philadelphia
B.
S., Wilmington College, 1911; M.D., Woman’s Medical College of Penn
sylvania, 1911. School Medical Inspector, Philadelphia; Acting Superintend
ent, Woman’ s Hospital, Philadelphia, 1913. Assistant Obstetrician, Woman’s
Hospital; Association Member of Staff, West Philadelphia Hospital for Women;
Lecturer in Hygiene, Swarthmore College, from 1913,
M ary N orth Chenoweth , Instructor in A rt,................... Atlantic City, N. J.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1907; A.M., 1910.
more College, 1907-08; Student at Oxford, 1908-09.
more College, from 1916.
English Reader, Swarth
Instructor in Art, Swarth-
Martin W illiam Steinke , Instructor in German,.............513 Ogden Avenue
A.B., Wartburg College, 1908; A.M., University of Washington, 1910;
Ph.D., University o f Illinois, 1912. Abroad in 1911 and 1914. Instructor
in German, University of Michigan, 1912-13; Instructor in German, North
western University, 1913-16. Instructor in German, Swarthmore College, from
1916.
L ander M ac Clintock, Instructor in French,..................... 203 College Avenue
University o f Paris, 1909-10; A.B., University o f Chicago, 1911; A.M.,
University o f Chicago, 1913; University o f Berlin, 1914; Fellow in Romance,
22
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
University o f Chicago, 1915-16, 1916-17; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1917.
Assistant Professor in French, Butler College, 1913-14; Instructor in French,
Swarthmore College, from 1917.
R a y m o n d M o r s e H e r r ic k ,
Instructor in English, ...........308 N. Chester Road
A.B., Columbia College, 1916; A.M., Columbia University, 1917.
in English, Swarthmore College, from 1917.
Oscar R u dolph San d stro m ,
Instructor
Instructor in Greek and Latin, ...........................
2986 Salmon Street, Philadelphia
A.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1914; A.M., University of Pennsylvania,
1915; Harrison Scholar in Greek, 1914-15; Harrison Fellow in Greek, 191516; University Scholar in Greek, 1916-17, University of Pennsylvania. In
structor in Greek and Latin, Swarthmore College, from 1917.
J oseph R ussell H ull , Instructor in Chemistry............ 308 N. Chester Road
A.B., Ohio State University in 1917.
College, from 1917.
J oh n J o se ph M a t t h e w s,
Instructor in Chemistry, Swarthmore
Instructor in E ngineering,....................................
5009 N. Broad Street, Philadelphia
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1915. Cost Accounting and Efficiency Depart
ments, Metropolitan District, American Can Company, N.Y., 1901-10; Efficiency
Engineer, American Can Company, 1915; Efficiency Engineer, Miller Lock
Company, 1916; Student Shop Management and Milling Machine Practice,
Cincinnati Milling Machine Company, Cincinnati, Ohio, December, 1916, May,
1917; Efficiency Engineer, Stokes & Smith Machine Company, Philadelphia]
May, 1917 to September, 1917. Instructor in Engineering, Swarthmore College
from 1917.
W a l t e r A n t o n io M X t o s ,
Volunteer Observer in the Sproul Observatory, . . .
309 College Avenue
Graduate of the Divinity School o f the Protestant Episcopal Church in
Philadelphia, 1898.
Admitted into* Holy Orders, 1898-99.
In charge of
Trinity Church, Swarthmore, since 1898.
Special student in the graduate
department o f the University of Pennsylvania, .1903-04. Volunteer Observer
in the Sproul Observatory since 1915.
E l i z a b e t h B ig g in s O l iv e r ,
Assistant in Public Speaking,............................
615 W. Broad Street, Chester, Pa.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1913; A.M., 1915. Assistant in Public Speaking,
Swarthmore College, since February, 1915.
M ercedes C. I ribas, Assistant in Spanish,....................................Cynwyd, Pa.
Graduate o f Notre Dame Academy, Philadelphia, 1901.
Student at the
Philadelphia Normal School, 1906. Teacher of Spanish, Havana, Cuba, 191011; at the Ogontz School, 1912-13. Assistant in Spanish, Swarthmore College,
from 1916.
C a r o l in e H a d l e y R o b in s o n , Assistant in Econom ics,.. .411 College Avenue
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1906; A.M., Columbia University, 1907. Assist
ant in Economics, Swarthmore College, from 1916.
THE FACULTY
23
Caroline H allowell S medley, Assistant in Astronomy and Mathematics, . .
315 N. Chester Road
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1912. Graduate Student, Medical College o f the
University o f California, 1912-13; Instructor in Mathematics and Home Econ
omics at the Westlake School for Girls, Los Angeles, California, 1915-16;
Graduate Student of Mathematics and Astronomy, Swarthmore College, 1916-17;
Assistant in Astronomy and Mathematics, Swarthmore College, from 1917.
H elen C. Culin , Assistant in Physical Education o f the Women,...............
Ogontz, Pa.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1916.
more College, from 1917.
Assistant in Physical Education, Swarth
A D M IN IST R A T IV E OFFICERS
J oseph Sw ain , M.S., LU D ., President.
J ohn A nthony M iller, PhJ)., Vice President.
H enrietta J osephine M eeteek, Ph.D.,- Dean o f Women.
W illiam A lbert A lexander, A.B., Dean.
J ohn B ussell H ayes , A.B., LL.B., Librarian.
H arriet E. W orrell, Secretary to the President.
Chester B oberts, Superintendent.
E lla M ichener, Assistant to the Dean o f Women.
B oth Stephenson , A.B., Secretary to the Dean.
M argaret Ormond, B.S., Assistant Librarian.
A nne C. B rierly , Dietitian.
Sarah Doddrell Coale, Matron o f Wharton Hall.
Caroline A ugusta L ukenb , B.L., Matron o f Parrish Hall Center.
M ary E. Cook, Director o f the Laundry.
E lizabeth B edheffer H irst , Bookkeeper.
F lorence B. B arrett, Nurse.
W ilhelmina D. B ryan , Stenographer to the Dean.
(2 4 )
STANDING COM M ITTEES OF TH E FACU LTY
The President o f the College is ex-officio a member o f all Committees.
Alumni.
R obinson, J. R. H ayes , M arriott, N ewport, R ussell .
Absence.
Goddard, M eeteer, A lexander, Creighton, M arriott.
Athletics.
M iller, P almer, M ercer.
Collection and Meeting Attendance.
H olmes, Trotter, R obinson, M arriott.
Diploma and Commencement.
B ronk , Alleman , H. C. H ayes , P almer, Creighton.
Dramatics and Musical Activities.
B lessing, M eeteer, P earson, N ewport, P ace, Gorham .
Entrance Requirements.
A lexander, H ull , N ewport.
Founders’ Day.
H ull , A lleman , A lexander, M eeteer, P earson, B ronk .
Library.
T rotter, H ull, B ronk , Goddard, J. R. H ayes .
Preparatory Schools.
P earson, A lexander , H. C. H ayes , B rewster .
Prescribed and Extra Work.
A lleman , A lexander, M iller.
Public Speaking.
P earson, H olmes, B lessing , L ew is .
Receptions.
M eeteer, B ronk , R oberts, F ussell , Creighton , H ogue.
Student Social Affairs.
N ewport, B lessing , M eeteer.
Student Affairs.
M iller, B lessing , M eeteer, Robinson, L e w is .
Student Publications.
H. C. H ayes , P earson, T rotter, B rooks, P ace, L e w is .
Teachers’ Appointment.
A lexander, H olmes, B rewster .
Secretary o f the Faculty.
I sabelle B ronk .
(25 )
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
LOCATION AND FOUNDATION
The Borough of Swarthmore is situated southwest o f Phila
delphia on the Central Division of the Philadelphia, Baltimore,
and Washington Railroad. It is eleven miles from Broad Street
Station, with which it is connected by twenty-three inbound and
twenty-six outbound trains daily, the running time of which
varies from nineteen minutes on express schedule to thirty min
utes on the local schedule. Three trolley lines, running cars at
twenty- and thirty-minute intervals, also connect with Philadel
phia elevated and surface lines.
The college buildings and campus occupy a commanding posi
tion upon a hill not fa r from the center o f the town. The view
includes several miles o f the Delaware River, the nearest point
of which is about four miles distant. The college property com
prises over two hundred acres of ground, including a large tract
o f woodland and the beautiful rocky valley o f Crum Creek.
The College was founded in 1864 through the efforts o f mem
bers of the Religious Society of Friends, fo r the purpose of
securing to the youth of the Society an opportunity for higher
educational training under the guarded supervision and care
o f those o f their own religious faith. Other applicants are ad
mitted upon the same terms as Friends, and nothing o f a sec
tarian character exists in the instruction or in the management
o f the College. According to its first charter, membership on the
Board of Managers o f the College was limited to persons belong
ing to the Society of Friends. The purpose o f this restriction
was not to establish sectarian control, but to prevent forever
the possibility o f such control by any sectarian element which
might otherwise have come to be represented on the Board. This
restriction is now believed to be no longer needed and is omitted
from the revised charter. The intention o f its founders was to
make the promotion o f Christian character the first considera
tion, and to provide opportunities for liberal culture while main( 26)
BUILDINGS
27
taining a high standard o f scholarship. These aims have been
faithfully observed in the administration of the institution.
BUILDINGS
Pannsh Hall is a massive stone structure, with its central por
tion separated from the two wings by fireproof compartments.
The central building, three hundred and forty-eight feet long
and five stories high, furnishes assembly room, lecture rooms,
museum, parlors, dining hall, and offices. The wings are four
stories high. The ground floor of each wing is used for lecture
and recitation rooms; the remaining floors contain the dormi
tories of the women students. The Dean of Women and several
instructors and matrons reside in the building.
Wharton Hall, the dormitory for young men, named in honor
of its donor, Joseph Wharton, late President o f the Board of
Managers, ' was opened for occupancy at the beginning of the
college year 1904-05. The third section of the building was
completed in 1916. The total capacity of the hall is about two
hundred. It stands in the west campus on the same ridge as
Parrish Hall, and commands a fine view of the Delaware River
valley.
The Hall of Physics and Engineering is a two-story stone
building devoted to the departments of Physics and Engineer
ing. It contains lecture and recitation rooms, electrical, phys
ical and engineering laboratories, draughting rooms, engine and
boiler rooms. A ll departments are well equipped, and new ap
paratus and machinery are added as occasion demands.
The Hall of Chemistry, which was completed in 1904, is a red
brick building two stories high, and contains a finished basement.
The basement has an assay laboratory furnished with wind and
muffle furnaces, a fireproof combustion room, a laboratory for
gas analysis, a photometric dark room, large stock room, and
cloak and toilet rooms. On the first floor are offices, and labora
tories fo r quantitative analysis and for general chemistry. The
large amphitheater lecture room, seating one hundred persons
and extending to the basement, is reached from this floor. The
second floor contains the organic laboratory, the laboratory for
qualitative analysis, the laboratory for physical chemistry, the
28
SWAKTHMOEE COLLEGE BULLETIN
laboratory for electrolytic chemistry, and the library. Two
balance rooms, one on the first floor and one on the second floor,
contain balances mounted on columns built independently of
the foundations and floors o f the building. The laboratories are
splendidly equipped with all the necessary modern apparatus.
The chemical library contains a well-selected list o f scientific and
technical books pertaining to chemistry, and complete sets of
five o f the leading chemical journals. Through the generosity
o f Mrs. Peter T. Berdan, the library has received a complete
set of the publications of the London Chemical Society, and a
set o f the Journal o f the London Society of Chemical Industry,
presented by Mrs. Berdan as a memorial to her son, Frederick
T. Berdan, a member o f the Class o f 1890.
The Sproul Astronomical Observatory, equipped by Senator
William Cameron Sproul, ’91, stands on the site formerly occu
pied by the President’s house, and contains nine rooms. On the
first floor are an office, a departmental library, a computation
room, two class rooms, and a shop room. On the second floor
are a modem lecture room seating seventy-five persons, a dark
room, and the dome room. The dome is a steel structure covered
with copper, forty-five feet in diameter. It is revolved by an
electric motor. Practically all the classes of the department of
Mathematics and Astronomy, and some classes o f other depart
ments, are held in the Observatory.
The . chief instrument o f the equipment is an equatorial re
fractor of twenty-four inches aperture, and thirty-six feet focal
length, the mounting and optical parts o f which were made by
the John A . Brashear Co., Ltd. The mounting is modem and
convenient, motors being provided for winding the clock and
moving the telescope. The driving clock is electrically controlled.
A disc driven by a sidereal clock situated on the north side of the
pier reads right ascensions directly. The telescope is provided
with the usual oculars, helioscope, position micrometer, double
slide plateholder, and three ray filters.
There is also a photographic telescope of nine inches aper
ture and forty-five inches focal length, mounted after the de
sign o f the Brace telescope at Yerkes Observatory. The instru
ment is provided with a heavy mounting, a heavy driving clock,
coarse and fine position circles, a guide telescope, and such other
BUILDINGS
29
accessories as make it an effective and convenient instrument.
There are also two measuring engines fo r measuring five-by
seven photographic plates. One o f these was built by Brashear,
the other by Gaertner. There is also a blink microscope.
Stephen Loines has recently given to the observatory a Polar
Equatorial, a new type of telescope, designed and built by the
Alvan Clark and Sons’ Corporation. W ith this type o f tele
scope the observer is enabled to make his observations while
seated in a warm room. It is housed in the Sproul Observatory.
The Students’ Astronomical Observatory, situated on the
campus a short distance southeast o f Parrish Hall, is especially
equipped for the purposes of instruction. It contains a refract
ing telescope of six inches aperture, mounted equatorially, fitted
with the usual accessories, including a position micrometer and
a very good spectroscope. The observatory also contains a tran
sit instrument o f three inches aperture, a mean time and a side
real clock and a chronograph. Mounted in a room adjoining
the transit room is a Milne seismograph, presented by Joseph
Wharton, which records photographically all vibrations o f the
crust of the earth. The latest addition to this observatory build
ing contains the photographic telescope referred to above.
The Library Building. On the lower east campus, near the
Benjamin West House, stands the Library, a fine specimen of the
English Scholastic Gothic style. The Library was built and
furnished from the $50,000 generously presented to the College
by Mr. Andrew Carnegie and is maintained from the income on
a like sum subscribed by several friends o f the College. The
building is constructed o f local granite, with terra cotta and
Indiana limestone trimmings and was erected under the super
vision of Mr. Edward L. Tilton, o f New York. In the second
story of the massive entrance tower, is a large fireproof apart
ment, which contains the Friends’ Historical Library; in the
third story, are placed the Westminster chimes o f four bells and
the Seth Thomas Clock presented to the College in June, 1910,
by Mr. Morris L. Clothier in commemoration of the twentieth
anniversary o f the graduation o f the class o f 1890. The first
floor o f the main building contains a stack room and a large,
well-lighted reading room finished in dark oak. The reading
room is two stories high, with a gallery round three sides. On
30
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
this gallery open the seminar rooms and the tower room devoted
to the Friends’ Historical Library; below are alcoves contain
ing reference books and other books in common use.
Beardsley Hall. This building is of concrete block construc
tion with reinforced concrete floors, columns, and stairs. It is
three stories high. In architectural design it is simple and ef
fective, representing the latest and best type of factory building
construction. The ground floor contains a room used for experi
mental and research work on the heat treatment of metals, a
store room for stock and equipment, a vault for records, a lava
tory, and a locker room equipped with steel lockers. But the
main part o f this floor is divided between the forge and the
foundry* furnished with a modem equipment of down-draft
forges that is one of the chief advantages of the building.
On each of the three shop floors is a large tool room centrally
located. These rooms, similar in construction, have wire-mesh
partitions and doors through which an unobstructed view of the
entire floor may be obtained from any position.
On the second floor are an office for the shop, an office for
records o f the department, a lecture room, and a stock room.
Here too is located the main shop which has, besides its comple
ment of metal-working machines, a large equipment of especially
designed benches for vise work.
The third floor, which is similar in plan and dimensions, is
equipped for pattern-making and general wood-working. A
room on this floor which is used as a reading room and work
shop library, contains a large number o f technical periodicals
and such books o f reference as are constantly required by en
gineering students. On this floor is located a large motor for
operating the elevator and the power machinery, and an addi
tional motor which operates a saw-bench independently.
A large double stack, constructed like the walls, o f concrete
blocks, passes up the center of the west side wall. One flue of
this stack is used for the forges, and the other for a smelting
furnace. Two smaller stacks, placed on the opposite side wall,
are intended mainly fo r ventilation.
The building is covered with a slag roof, and, with the ex
ception of the roof and some wooden partitions on the third
floor, is entirely fireproof; the openings from the stair areaway
BUILDINGS
31
are protected by fire doors. The building is heated by steam
radiation operated on the Webster vacuum system, and the light
ing is entirely with electric lamps. A feature o f the various
shops is that all the machinery is driven by electric motors, while
the various machines are grouped on small motor drives so that
long lines o f countershafting are entirely avoided.
The President’s House. The property on the east edge of the
campus on the com er of Elm Avenue and Cedar Lane, recently
owned by W . H. Miller, has been purchased by the College and
is used for the President’s house.
The Wm. J. Hall Gymnasium for men is a two-story stone
building. On the first floor are offices, examining room, and the
main exercise hall, a room fifty by eighty feet, equipped with
apparatus for individual and class work and a good court for
basketball. A trophy room and running track are on the second
floor. In the basement are lockers, shower baths, a dressing room
for visiting teams, and handball courts.
Somerville Hall, erected in 1893 through the efforts of the
Somerville Literary Society, is used as a gymnasium fo r the
women. It is furnished with apparatus adapted to the Swedish
system o f gymnastics. In the basement are dressing rooms,
showers, and lockers for the use o f day students who take work
in the department of Physical Education.
Two Swimming Pools, one for the women and another for the
men, were erected during the summer of 1912. These pools
were presented to the College by Philip M. Sharpies. The build
ing which contains the women’s swimming pool is connected by
a corridor with Somerville Hall, and the men’s pool is connected
in like manner with the William J. Hall Gymnasium. The
rooms are well ventilated and lighted; the pools are o f the most
modem construction. They are tiled on the sides by glazed tiling
and on the bottom by hexagon vitriolized tiling. The capacity
of the pools is about one hundred and fifty thousand gallons of
water. Each pool is supplied with a constant flow o f filtered
water, which is pumped continually from the pools through the
filters and returned to the pools again heated to the proper tem
perature. Thus the water is kept in the best hygienic condition.
A number o f shower baths, five-foot steel lockers with combina
tion locks, and offices for the supervision of the pools have been
32
SWABTHMOBE COLLEGE BULLETIN
added to both buildings. A gallery in the men’s pool provides
space fo r visitors.
The Heating and Lighting Plant. A central heat, light, and
power plant was erected in 1911 at a cost o f about one hundred
thousand dollars. The power house is a single-story brick struc
ture, located south o f the P. B. & W . R. R. tracks. Four onehundred-and-twenty-five-horse-power Dillon boilers and three
Harrisburg engines, operating two seventy-five-kilowatt and one
fifty-kilowatt generators, have been installed. The engines, the
Fleming automatic type, are directly connected with twentythree-hundred-volt, alternating-current generators. Heat, light,
and power for all college purposes are provided by the new
plant.
Other buildings upon the campus are the Meeting-house, the
Benjamin W est House (birthplace o f Benjamin West, P. R. A.,
erected in 1724), Cunningham House (the residence o f the
Professor o f Astronomy and Mathematics), six residences
fo r members of the Faculty, a laundry building, a lodging
house for the domestic servants, and the necessary farm build
ings.
Swarthmore Field and Alumni Field provide excellent facil
ities for outdoor athletics o f the men. Swarthmore Field com
prises the football, lacrosse, and soccer grounds, and a good
quarter-mile cinder track with a two hundred and twenty yards
straight-away. Alumni Field is contiguous with Swarthmore
Field and provides an excellent baseball ground. The men’s
tennis courts are being constructed in front of Wharton Hall.
Cunningham Field, the women’s athletic ground, includes a
part o f the east campus beyond Somerville Hall. This field, en
closed by a hedge o f California privet, is divided into the three
terraces which make ample provision for basketball, tennis, and
English field hockey. This field was given by students, alumna,
and friends o f the College as a tribute to Susan J. Cunningham,
who has for many years been closely identified with the interests
o f the women students of Swarthmore.
SOCIAL L IF E
Swarthmore, as a coeducational institution, undertakes to
provide college life in a home setting; to supply an atmosphere
stu dents’
s o c ie t ie s
33
in which manly and womanly character may develop naturally
and completely. The intercourse o f the students is under the
care o f the Dean o f Women and her assistants, who aim to make
it a means o f social culture.
RELIGIOUS L IF E
The daily sessions o f the College include a gathering' of
students and instructors for the reading of the Bible, or for
some other suitable exercise, preceded and followed by a period
o f silence. Students under twenty-one years o f age are expected
to attend either Friends’ Meeting, held every First-day morning
in the Meeting House, or, at the request of their parents, the
church in the borough of the religious denomination to which
they belong. A class to which all students are invited is held
at 9.00 on First-day mornings for the consideration of religious
subjects. Preceding the meeting there are also classes in the
First-day School to which students are invited. B y these means,
and particularly by individual influence, and by the constant
effort to maintain in the institution a spirit in harmony with
the purpose of its founders, it is believed that a proper care is
exercised to mould the characters o f the students in conformity
with Christian standards.
STU D EN TS’ SO CIETIES
Two literary societies are maintained by the students: the
Athenaeum by the men, the Somerville by the women. Regular
meetings for literary and other exercises afford the members
opportunity to acquire skill in parliamentary practice and in
debate. They are regarded as valuable auxiliaries in the work
of the College. Each society has, under the management o f its
own members, but accessible to all students, a library and a
reading room containing periodicals and daily papers. The total
number o f books in these libraries is over four thousand.
The object o f the Joseph Leidy Scientific Society is to keep
in touch with the results o f modem investigations in Astronomy,
Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Engineering. A t its meetings,
held monthly, announcements o f recent discoveries are made by
3
34
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
the various instructors, and their meaning and importance are
briefly discussed. Papers are also prepared and read by the
student members.
The Cercle français holds frequent meetings and is open to
all students id the French Department after the middle of their
first year. Its object is to afford increased opportunities for
acquiring a practical knowledge o f the French language.
The Deutscher Verein holds occasional sessions for the purpose
of affording its members a greater ease and facility in expressing
themselves in idiomatic German. Students are thus brought into
more positive acquaintance with German customs, amusements,
music, and literature.
The Mathematical and Astronomical Club is an association of
students in Mathematics and allied subjects, and of instructors
in Mathematics. It meets on the first and third Tuesdays of
each month to discuss subjects not pertinent to the class room.
The Classical Club meets once a month during the college year.
Addresses and papers are given on subjects which emphasize the
broader aspect of classical culture and civilization.
The English Club, open to all students, meets twice a month
to hold discussions and to listen to papers and addresses upon
topics o f literary and dramatic interest.
The Engineers Club has for its purpose the reviewing of re
cent discoveries and achievements in engineering, discussing
questions not raised in the class room, giving power in the
presentation of topics, promoting intimacy between faculty and
students, and providing guidance in the engineering vocations.
Meetings are held once in each month in the Beardsley Hall
Library. Students majoring in engineering are eligible for
membership.
The Athletic Association is an organization o f the men for the
encouragement of physical training and athletic sports.
The W om en’s Athletic Association is a similar organization of
the women students.
Christian Associations. The religious life among the students
is furthered by the Young M en’s and Young W om en’s Christian
Associations. Formal and informal receptions and other social
functions are given with the especial object of promoting closer
fellowship and a truly democratic spirit. Public meetings for
LIBRARIES AND READING ROOMS
35
worship are held every Sunday evening, the young men meet
ing in Wharton Hall and the young women in Parrish TTa.ll
No student organization o f the College may incur any financial
obligation, or make any contract involving a monetary considera
tion, without first obtaining the sanction o f the President of the
College, or o f the proper faculty committee under whose super
vision the organization is placed. Students contemplating a new
organization must first consult the President o f the College. I f
he desires to grant them permission to effect such an organiza
tion, he will advise the student representatives of the particular
faculty committee under whose supervision the organization is
placed.
COLLEGE PU BLICATIONS
Two periodicals are published by the students under the super
vision o f the fa cu lty: The Phoenix, a weekly publication, is de
voted to undergraduate journalism; the Halcyon is published
annually by the Junior Class.
The Swarthmore College Bulletin is published every three
.months and contains a record of the matters o f permanent im
portance in the progress o f the College.
L IB R A R IE S AND R E A D IN G ROOMS
The libraries of the College collectively contain over thirty
thousand volumes.
The chief sources o f income for increasing the collection in
the college library are these: the Edgar Allen Brown Fund,
established by his family in memory o f Edgar Allen Brown, of
the Class of 1890; the Alumni F und; and the General Library
Fund.
The library is open daily except Sunday, as follows | Monday
to Friday, inclusive, 8.00 a . m . to 6.00 p. m . and 7.15 to 10.00
p . m . ; Saturday, 8.00 a . m . to 5.00 p. m ., and 7.15 to 10.00 p. m .
Residents o f the borough o f Swarthmore are cordially invited
to use the .library.
The Friends’ Historical Library, founded by the late Anson
Lapham, o f Skaneateles, N. Y., contains, a valuable and growing
collection of Friends’ books, tracts, and early writings (many
36
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
very rare), photographs of representative Friends, other objects
of personal and historic interest, and manuscripts relating to the
Society and its history. This collection is stored in rooms prac
tically fireproof, and it is hoped that Friends and others will
deem it a secure place in which to deposit books and other ma
terial in their possession which may be of interest in connection
with the history of the Society. Such contributions are solicited,
and should be addressed to the Friends’ Historical Library,
Swarthmore, Pa. The library is accessible to all persons inter
ested in the doctrines and history o f Friends, and ample arrange
ments are provided for its use for consultation and for reference.
Moreover, the great collections of books in the Library o f the
University of Pennsylvania, the Philadelphia Library and its
Ridgway Branch, the Mercantile Library, the Free Library, of
Philadelphia, as well as those in the special and technical
libraries of the city, áre open to the use of students under proper
regulations. The Philadelphia library resources, which are of
especial utility in connection with the various departments of
the College, are referred to in the departmental statements.
The Library and the departmental reading rooms are supplied
with reference books and the leading literary, scientific, and
technical journals.
TH E M USEUM OF BIO LO G Y AN D GEOLOGY
The Museum contains a collection for educational purposes
only, and the specimens from its cases are in constant use in the
lecture room and laboratory. It is steadily becoming a more per
fect means o f illustrating the different departments o f biology
and geology.
It includes the following collections:
1. The Joseph Leidy Collection of Minerals, the result of
thirty years’ discriminating collection by its founder, consists
of exceedingly valuable Cabinet specimens of minerals, charac
teristic rocks and ores, and models of the various systems of
crystallization.
2. The Collection Illustrating Comparative Osteology is com
posed of a large series o f partial and complete skeletons, pre
pared at Prof. Henry W a rd ’s Natural History Establishment in
Rochester, N. Y . The collection illustrates the structure and
framework of vertebrates.
3. The W ilcox and Farnham Collection of Birds comprises
stuffed specimens of native and foreign birds. Nearly all the
species visiting this State are represented.
4. The Frederick Kohl Ethnological Collection consists of
Indian implements, weapons, clothing, etc., mostly from Alaska.
5. The C. F . Parker Collection of Shells is made up of choice
typical land, fresh water, and marine shells. These specimens
were all selected by the late Dr. Joseph Leidy from the exten
sive collection of the founder, C. F . Parker, who was for many
years the Curator in charge of the Academy o f Natural Sciences
o f Philadelphia.
6. The Robert R. Corson Collection of Stalactites and Stalag
mites is composed o f specimens from the Luray Caverns, which
illustrates the peculiar limestone formations of Luray and similar
districts.
7. The E ckfeldt Herbarium contains over two thousand speci
mens illustrating the flora o f Pennsylvania. The Annie Shoe
maker Collection is a valuable addition to this.
8. The Joel Scarlet Collection of Minerals and Crystallo(37)
38
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
graphic Specimens was presented to the Chemical Department
by the heirs of the late Joel Scarlet o f Kennett* Square, Pa.
This collection, which has been placed in cases located in the
library o f the Chemical Building, consists o f about three thou
sand well-selected specimens, many rare and valuable. It is
used fo r the course in Mineralogy and is accessible to students
under the supervision of the instructor.
In addition to the above, there is a large and constantly in
creasing collection o f specimens o f vertebrates and invertebrates
(including the U. S. Fish Commission Educational Collection),
of dissected specimens for demonstration in the lectures on
Physiology, of glass and papier-mache models illustrating special
points in vegetable and animal morphology, besides about three
hundred classified diagrams and colored charts illustrating every
branch o f natural history.
E X PE N SE S
The charge for board, room, and tuition ranges from $450 to
$550, of which at least $275 is payable in advance. The remainder
is due on the first of January. The charge varies in accord
ance with the size and location of the room. Every student’s bill
for the first payment is mailed before the opening of the col
lege year, and the student is held responsible for prompt pay
ment in advance. Thirty days after the opening of college 5
per cent, will be added to all bills unpaid at that time. The
bill for the seeond payment is mailed before the first of January.
In case bills are not paid before the end of the first semester, stu
dents owing such bills may be excluded from all college exercises
for the second semester. Students withdrawing on or before the
end of the first semester receive no benefit from scholarships, as
scholarships are credited at the beginning of the second semester.
A ll students choose rooms according to date of application for
admission. In order to reserve a room in any one of the dormi
tories each student must make a deposit o f $10 when the room
is chosen. This sum will be held as a fund to cover breakage
or any other damage to college property, and the loss involved
if a student fails to occupy the room reserved for him. When
the amount of a student’s breakage exceeds $5 the unexpended
balance is returned and a new deposit is required.
The necessary furnishings for the rooms in the dormitories are
provided by the college, with the exception o f rugs, which are to
be furnished by the students.
The tuition fee for non-resident students is $175 a year, of
which $150 is payable in advance, and the remainder on the first
of January.
Special students who enroll for less than the prescribed num
ber of hours will be charged according to the number of hours
carried and at the rate o f $10 per credit hour.
The charges for room, meals, and tuition are not subject to
remission or deduction under any circumstances. Payments
are to be made by check or draft to the order o f Swarthmobe
College, Swarthmore, Pa.
(3 9 )
40
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
DINING-ROOM RATES
Per college year, $200 ; per month, $25 ; per week, $7 ; single
breakfast or lunch, 30 cents; single dinner (except Sunday),
40 cents ; Sunday dinner, 50 cents ; dinners per month, $10.50 ;
lunches per month, $7.50; breakfasts per month, $7.
The college year for instructors and administrative officers be
gins with the Saturday preceding Registration Day, and ends
with the Saturday following Commencement Day, but does not
include the Christmas vacation. Instructors and officers who
wish meals before the beginning or after the end of the college
year are expected to make arrangements in advance at the
Suprintendent’s office.
The charge for board and room for instructors and adminis
trative officers is $300 per year.
The College is closed during the Christmas recess. Students
who desire to remain in Swarthmore or its vicinity at that time
may secure board at moderate charge in homes recommended
by the faculty. Students who desire to remain at the College
during the spring recess will be charged a proportionate sum
for board.
Students leaving property in any college building during the
summer recess do so at their own risk.
Freshmen are expected to leave the College immediately after
their last examination is over in the spring in order that their
rooms may he used by Commencement visitors.
Students purchase their own books, which are furnished by
the College at the lowest rates obtainable. They also buy their
own stationery and drawing implements, and pay a reasonable
rate for laundry work done at the College.
A fee o f $3 a semester is charged in every laboratory science,
except in Chemistry and Engineering.
The fees in the department o f Chemistry and Chemical En
gineering are as follows : For the course in Assaying, no fee, but
students pay for all breakage and all materials used; for the
course in Mineralogy $3 a semester; for all other courses in
this department $10 a semester. In addition to the abovenamed fees every student graduating in the department o f Chem
istry and Chemical Engineering is charged $25 in lieu o f fees
for apparatus and materials used, in connection with his thesis.
41
EXPENSES
This last nam ed‘fee is payable at the beginning of the second
semester of the Senior year.
A fee of $5 a semester is charged for each course in wood
working, forging, and machine practice; a fee of $2 a semester
is charged for each course in field practice and surveying; an
additional fee o f $2 is charged for the annual survey.
A deposit of $5 is required for each course in shop work or
founding. This deposit will be retained to cover breakage and
loss o f tools or supplies, and, after deduction for such items,
the balance will be refunded upon the completion of the course.
Bach student is charged a fee of $1 a semester for the use
of the gymnasium and swimming pools." This amount includes
locker rental.
In addition to the payments made directly to the College there
are a number o f other items of living expense such as clothing,
care of health, recreation, traveling, etc., which the student must
meet. The combined expenditures o f both classes vary consid
erably, o f CQurse, from student to student. In order to ascer
tain the limits of such variation a careful statistical inquiry was
made at the end o f the college year 1912-13 among a number
of students, who at the beginning of the first semester had been
requested to make detailed reports regarding their expenditures
for the year. The results are presented in the following tables:
Total
Expenditures for
College Year
1912-13
Women.
Men.
Both.
Per Cent.
..................... 4
.....................9
..................... 8
..................... 8
..................... 4
..................... 2
..................... 4
15
16
16
7
7
2
6
4.9
23.3
23.3
23.3
10.7
8.7
5.8
T ota l. . . ..................... 39
64
103
100.0
Under $500..........
$500 to $600.........
$600 to $700.........
$700 to $800.........
$800 to $900.........
$900 to $1,000 . . .
Over $1,000 ........
1
5
24
24
24
11
9
Board, clothing, lodging, care of health, tuition, books, ap
paratus, recreation, traveling, and miscellaneous expenses are in
cluded in the above table. The average total expenditure of the
42
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
thirty-nine women was $716.98; of the sixty-four men, $704.09.
It will he noted that slightly, more than one half (exactly 51.5
per cent.) o f the students o f both sexes in the above table spent
less than $700 for the year, and nearly three fourths of them
(exactly 74.8 per cent.) less than $800. Compared with other
institutions situated in this part o f the country the above figures
indicate a very moderate cost o f living for the great majority
o f Swarthmore students.
None o f the one hundred and three students included in the
above table was in receipt o f scholarship or other material aid
from the College. In other words they were meeting all ex
penses on their own account, and their annual totals are, there
fore, considerably higher than those of students who receive
financial assistance or its equivalent. A t present fellowships and
scholarships (see pp. 44 to 48) are available for over sixty stu
dents who are able to comply with the conditions imposed. In
addition to the one hundred and three students whose total ex
penditures are presented in the above table, eight scholarship
holders reported the cost to themselves of the college year 191213. Each o f the eight received on an average the equivalent of
$131.25 from the College, and spent in addition to this $437.48.
On comparing these figures with the averages o f the above table
it is evident that the receipt of aid in the case of the nine scholar
ship students is combined with economy in their other college and
living expenses.
Day students residing in Swarthmore avoid payment o f board,
lodging, washing, etc., to the College. In 1912-13, the average
total expenditure o f four such students for tuition, books, ap
paratus, and recreation— the only directly college costs they had
to meet— was $230.25, o f which $161.50, or 70 per cent., was ac
counted for by tuition fees.
Other forms of economizing may be noted. Day students re
siding along the line of the P. B. & W. R. R. may take advantage
of the very low rates of transportation offered by the forty-sixtrip school tickets. On the other hand, a certain loss is incurred
by students not in residence and therefore not in close contact
at all times with the life o f the College. Those who expect to
give a portion of their time to remunerative work outside o f the
College, moreover, should not underestimate the difficulties in
EXPENSES
43
volved in performing it and complying satisfactorily with col
lege requirements at the same time. As a general rule, it may
he said that only those in good health and of more than the aver
age mental ability can secure results in this way that are com
mensurate with the sacrifices involved. On the other hand, the
democratic atmosphere o f the College assures a manly recogni
tion o f the worth of such efforts to work one’s way through
College.
FE L L O W SH IP S AND SCH OLARSH IPS
FELLOWSHIPS
The J oshua L ippincott F ellowship of $450 founded by
H oward W . L ippincott, A.B., of the Class of 1875, in memory
of his father, is awarded’ annually by the faculty, with the con
currence of the Instruction Committee, to a graduate o f the
College o f at least one year’s standing for the pursuit o f gradu
ate study under the direction of the faculty or with their ap
proval. Applications for the Joshua Lippincott Fellowship for
the year 1918-19 must be received by the faculty before Febru
ary 20, 1918.
The L ucretia M ott F ellowship, founded by the Somerville
Literary Society and sustained by the contributions o f its life
members, has yielded an annual income since its foundation of
$525. It is awarded each year by a committee 'of the faculty
(selected by the society), with the concurrence o f the life mem
bers of the society, to a young woman graduate o f that year who
is to pursue advanced study at some other institution approved
by this committee.
The J ohn L ockwood Memorial F ellowship of $450 was
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, o f New York,
in memory o f her brother, John Lockwood. It was the wish
of the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the
Society o f Friends. It is to be awarded annually by the faculty,
with the consent of the Instruction Committee, to a graduate
of the College of at least one year’s standing, for the pursuit of
graduate studies under the direction o f the faculty or with their
approval. Applications for this fellowship for 1918-19 must be
received b y .the faculty by February 20, 1918.
The H annah A . L eedom F ellowship of $400 was founded
by the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom. It is awarded annu
ally by the faculty with the consent o f the Instruction Com
mittee to a graduate of the College o f at least one year’s stand(44 )
FELLOWSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
45
ing for the pursuit o f graduate studies under the direction of
the faculty or with their approval. Applications for this fel
lowship for 1918-19 must be received by the faculty by Febru
ary 20, 1918.
The M artha E. T yson F ellowship of $450, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society in 1913, is sustained by the contribu
tions of the life members of the society. It is awarded annually,
by a joint committee of the faculty and the society (elected by
the society) with the concurrence of the life members of the
society to a woman graduate of Swarthmore College, who has
taught successfully for two years after her graduation, and ex
pects to continue teaching. The recipient o f the award is to
pursue a course of study fitting her for more efficient work in
an institution approved by the Committee of Award. Applica
tions fo r this fellowship for 1918-19 must be received by the
Committee of Award not later than February 1, 1918.
SCHOLARSHIPS
1. The W estbury Quarterly Meeting, N. Y., S cholarship
is awarded annually by a committee of that Quarterly Meeting.
2. Each o f the following funds yields annually about $200 and
is awarded at the discretion of the College to students needing
pecuniary aid, whose previous work has demonstrated their
earnestness and ability:
(а)
(б )
(c)
( d)
( e)
The
The
The
The
The
R ebecca M. A tkinson S cholarship F und.
B arclay G. A tkinson S cholarship F und.
T homas L. L eedom S cholarship F und.
M ark E. R eeves S cholarship F und .
T homas W oodnutt S cholarship F und.
3. The A nnie Shoemaker S cholarship, a free scholarship
for board and tuition, is awarded annually to a young woman
graduate of Friends’ Central School, Philadelphia.
4. The H arriet W . P aiste F und is limited by the following
words from the donor’s w ill: “ the interest to be applied an
nually to the education of female members of our Society of
46
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Friends (holding their Yearly Meeting at Fifteenth and Race
Streets, Philadelphia) whose limited means would exclude them
from enjoying the advantages of an education at the College.”
5. The M ary W ood F und is limited by the following words
from the donor’s w ill:, “ the income thereof to he, by the proper
officers thereof, applied to the maintenance and education at
said college o f one female student therein, one preparing for
the avocation o f a teacher to be preferred as the beneficiary,
but in all other respects the application o f the income o f said
Fund to be in the absolute discretion o f the college.”
6. The W illiam C. S proul S cholarship. William C. Sproul,
a graduate of the Class o f 1891, offers annually a scholarship
of $150 to the graduate in best standing in the Chester High
School. This scholarship may continue throughout the college
course.
7. The following scholarships are offered for work done in the
College in 1917-18. They are of the value of $200 each fo r resi
dent, and $100 each for day students, and are awarded in each
instance to that member o f each o f the respective classes who shall
be promoted without conditions, and shall have the best record
of scholarship upon the regular work of the year:
(®) The D eborah F isher W harton S cholarship will be
awarded to a member o f the Junior Class.
(6) The Samuel J. Underhill S cholarship will be
awarded to a member o f the Sophomore Class.
(c ) The A nson L apham S cholarship will be awarded to
a member o f the Freshman Class,
8. The S amuel W illets F und provides several scholarships
for resident students needing pecuniary aid, whose previous work
has demonstrated their earnestness and their ability. They will
be awarded at the discretion o f the Committee on Trusts. A p
plication should be made to the President o f the College.
9. The I saac Stephens S cholarships.
$50 pet year.
Four scholarships of
FELLOWSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
47
10. The I. V. W illiamson S cholarships for P reparatory
S chools. Eleven scholarships o f the value of $150 each for
resident students, and $75 each for day students, are offered to
members of classes graduating in 1918 in the following schools:
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
to Friends’
Central School.......Philadelphia.
to Friends ’
S em in ary.............. New York, N. Y .
to Friends’
School ....................Baltimore, Md.
to Friends’ School ................. ..
.Wilmington, Del.
to Friends’
High S c h o o l.........Moorestown, N. J.
to Friends’
A c a d e m y ...............Locust Valley, N. Y.
to Friends’
Select S ch ool........ Washington, D. C.
to Abington
Friends’ School....Jenkintown, Pa.
to George S c h o o l............................. .George School, Pa.
F or conditions see next paragraph.
11. F or the year 1918-19, Swarthmore College offers three
scholarships o f $150 each for resident students and $75 each for
day .students, to members of classes graduating in 1918 in the
following schools:
I to Swarthmore Preparatory School.................Swarthmore, Pa.
1 to Swarthmore Public High School...............Swarthmore, Pa.
1 to The West Chester High School................... West Chester, Pa.
The scholarships named in this and the preceding paragraph
will be awarded upon competitive examination under the direc
tion o f the principal o f the respective preparatory schools. None
will be awarded to applicants who fail to be admitted without
conditions to the Freshman Class, and every holder o f such
scholarship must pursue in College the studies leading regu
larly to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The College reserves
the right to require some form of service from students receiv
ing scholarships from the College.
12. A friend o f Swarthmore College and o f the University of
Pennsylvania offers a scholarship of $100 for the college year
1918-19 to a graduate of Swarthmore College taking work in any
department of the university.
13. The Western Swarthmore Club offers in conjunction with
the College, one competitive scholarship o f $450 to a man. The
48
SWART II MORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
scholarship is open for competition to all high and preparatory
school graduates west of the Allegheny Mountains. Students
interested are requested to apply to the President o f the Club,
Professor T. A. Jenkins, University o f Chicago, Chicago, Illinois.
14. The Mary Coates P reston S cholarship F und. A sum
of money has been left by the will of Elizabeth Coates to
Josephine Beistle, of Swarthmore, as trustee, the annual interest
of which will be about $300. This amount is given by the trus
tee as a scholarship to a young woman student in Swarthmore
College, preferably to a relative of the donor.
15. The W om an’s Medical College o f Pennsylvania offers a
scholarship o f $175, full tuition, to a young woman graduate
of Swarthmore College. This amount is to be given annually
during the four years of medical work, thus having a total value
of $700 to the student receiving the scholarship.
16. The Trenton Swarthmore Club offers yearly in conjunc
tion with the College, a competitive scholarship of $200 for a
period of two years. The scholarship is open only to male stu
dents in the vicinity of Trenton, N. J., and the award is based
upon scholarship, character, leadership, and athletic standing.
Students interested are requested to apply to the Secretary of
the Club, Owen Moon, Jr., 8 South Stockton Street, Trenton,
N. J.
17. The P hilip M. S harples S cholarship. Philip M. Sharp
ies, of West Chester, offers annually two four-year scholarships;
one to a young man and one to a young woman, graduating from
the West Chester High School. Fuller details may be secured
from the principal of the West Chester High School.
18. The Ivy Medal is placed in the hands of the faculty by a
friend o f the College, to he awarded on Commencement Day to
a male member o f the graduating class for character, scholar
ship, and influence.
v
ADM ISSION
A pplication for A dmission should be made as early as pos
sible by letter to the Dean o f the College. Students are not ad
mitted for a period o f less than the current college year, but,
when vacancies exist, students may enter profitably upon the
work of a sufficient number of courses. A ll applicants must
present satisfactory testimonials o f good character from their
former teachers, and students coming from other colleges must
present certificates o f honorable dismissal.
A dmission to the College is granted (1) to candidates who
pass satisfactory examinations covering the entrance require
ments stated below, pages 51 to 68; and (2) to those who pre
sent certificates signed by the principals o f duly accredited
schools, made out upon forms furnished by the College, affording
sufficient evidence that the entrance requirements have been met.
1. E xaminations for A dmission must be taken in June if pos
sible. Candidates for admission by examination in June are re
quired to take the examinations o f the College Entrance Exami
nation Board.
For those who find it impossible to take
examinations in June examinations in all subjects will be held
at the College in September.
College E ntrance E xamination B oard
E xaminations, J une 17-22, 1918
In June, 1918, the “ Application for Examination” and the
“ Recommendation of the Teacher” will be made on separate
forms and the “ Application for Examination” will be required
a week earlier than in previous years.
Applications for examination must be addressed to the Col
lege Entrance Examination Board, 431 West 117th Street, New
York, N. Y . They must be made upon a blank form to be ob
tained from the Secretary o f the Board upon request.
I f the application is received sufficiently early the examina
tion fee will be $5 for candidates examined in the United States
4
(49)
50
SWARTHMOKE COLLEGE BULLETIN
and Canada and $15 for candidates examined outside of the
United States and Canada. The fee should he remitted by postal
order, express order, or draft on New York to the College En
trance Examination Board.
Applications and fees of candidates who wish to he examined
outside of the United States and Canada must reach the Secre
tary o f the Board at least six weeks in advance of the examina
tions, that is, on or before May 6, 1918.
Applications and fees o f candidates who wish to be examined
at points in the United States west of the Mississippi River ot
in Canada must be received at least four weeks in advance of
the examinations, that is, on or before May 20, 1918.
Applications and fees of candidates who wish to he examined
at points in the United States east of or on the Mississippi River
must be received at least three weeks in advance of the examina
tions, that is, on or before Monday, May 27, 1918.
When the candidate has failed to obtain the required blank
form of application for examination the usual examination fee
will he accepted if the fee arrive not later than the specified date
accompanied by a memorandum containing the name and ad
dress of the candidate, the examination center at which he wishes
to present himself, and a list o f all the subjects in which he
may have occasion to take the Board s examinations.
Applications received later than the dates named will be ac
cepted when it is possible to arrange for the admission of the
candidates concerned, but only upon payment o f $5 in addition
to the usual fee.
_
A list of the places at which the examinations are to he held
by the Board in June, 1918, will be published about March 1.
Requests that the examinations be held at particular points, to
receive prosper consideration, should be transmitted to the Secre
tary o f the Board not later than February 1.
2. A dmission by C ertificate . Graduates of Friends’ schools
and of public high schools, approved by the faculty and Instruc
tion Committee, will he admitted to the College on certificate
o f the principal, hut are not in every case received without con
dition. The faculty admits these students on trial, and reserves
the right to change their classification or to decline to continue
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
51
their connection with the College if they find them to be in
sufficiently prepared. The privilege of sending students on cer
tificate may be withdrawn from any school whose pupils are
found to be deficient. Principals o f other schools who wish to
have students admitted on their recommendation should cor
respond with the Dean on the subject.
Certificates issued by the College Entrance Examination
Board, which was organized in 1899 by the Association of Col
leges and preparatory Schools of the Middle States and Mary
land, will be accepted in place of examinations on the subjects
therein certified to as passed. Information as to the examina
tions held by this hoard may be obtained by addressing The
Secretary of the College Entrance Examination Board, 431 West
117th Street, New York, N. Y .
Graduation from an acceptable four years’ high school course
or its equivalent (is required for admission to the Freshman class
on certificate. A n applicant may offer substitutes for some of
the optional subjects listed below, but in such cases the student
is required to substitute for college electives such work as had
been omitted in preparatory school. Thus there would be no
increase in the number of credit hours required for graduation,
but fewer electives could he included in the four-year college
course.
ENTRANCE REQUIREM ENTS
I t is to be carefully noted that the subjects included among
the entrance requirements are rated as strictly as possible ac
cording to the time, that should have been devoted to prepara
tory work in each.
In regard to a unit of admission requirements, the faculty of
Swarthmore College has approved the following statement, which
has been adopted by the National Conference Committee on
Standards o f Colleges and Secondary Schools, the College En
trance Examination Board, and the Carnegie Foundation for
the Advancement of Teaching:
A unit represents a yea r’s study in any subject in a secondary
school, constituting approximately a quarter o f a full year’s
work.
This statement is designed to afford a standard o f measure-
52
SWAETHMOEE COLLEGE BULLETIN
ment fo r the work done in secondary schools. It takes the
four-year high school course as a basis, and assumes that the
length o f the school year is from thirty-six to forty weeks, that
a period is from forty to sixty minutes in length ; and that the
study is pursued for four or five periods a week. B y this stand
ard a satisfactory year’s work in any subject cannot be accom
plished under ordinary circumstances in less than one hundred
and twenty sixty-minute hours or their equivalent. Schools or
ganized on any other than a four-year basis can, nevertheless,
. estimate their work in terms o f this unit.
The total number of units required on this basis for admission
to Swarthmore College is fourteen and a half.
AUEAL AND OEAL TESTS IN EOEEIGN MODEEN LANGUAGES
In accordance with a resolution adopted in 1908 by the Modem
Language Association o f America and a similar one adopted in
1914 by the Association o f Modern Language Teachers o f the
Middle States and Maryland, it is recommended that the schools
preparing students fo r Swarthmore College prescribe adequate
aural and oral tests for all candidates who desire to present a
foreign modern language in satisfaction o f requirements for ad
mission.
I. G enebal S tatem ent
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8..
8
9.
10.
1
0.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
of
S ubjects R equibed
Elementary A lg e b r a ............... 1% units)
Plane G eom etry........................ 1
unit I
English ...................... . . . . . . . . 3
units/
History ...................................... 2
units]
Elementary F r e n c h .................. 2
Intermediate French .
1
Advanced French
F re n ch .........
. . , .............1
G erm an ................2
Elementary German
.
Intermediate German ..............1
erm an ...................
1
Advanced G
German
...
Greek .............................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .' . 3
Elementary Latin . . .. . . . . . . .2
Advanced Latin ..............
. . . , 1 òr 2
Elementary Science . . . .1 or 2
Solid Geometry
%
Trigonometry .
%
foe
E ntbance
Required subjects, seven and
one
half units.
"
Optional subjects.
O f these
enough must be offered to
aggregate seven units.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
53
II. D etailed S tatement op Subjects R equired for E ntrance
1. E lementary A lgebra (one and a half units).
The four fundamental operations ; factoring ; simple equa
tions in one, two, and three unknown quantities ; radicals ; frac
tional and negative exponents; quadratic equations in one, two,
and three unknown quantities ; ratio and proportion ; binomial
theorem for positive integral exponents ; arithmetic and geo
metric series. The students should acquire facility in algebraic
manipulation, in the application o f algebra to concrete problems,
and in the interpretation o f results.
2. P lane Geometry (one unit).
The theorems and constructions presented in a good modern
high school text. Solution o f numerous original exercises and
loci problems; application o f geometry to mensuration.
3. E nglish (three units).
R equirements in E nglish for 1918-1919
The requirements in English are those recommended by the Na
tional Conference on Uniform Entrance Requirements in Eng
lish.
The study of English in school has two main objects: (1)
command o f correct and clear English, spoken and written; (2)
ability to read with accuracy, intelligence, and appreciation.
Grammar and Composition
ONE AND ONE HALF UNITS
The first object requires instruction in grammar and composi
tion. English grammar should ordinarily be reviewed in the
secondary school; and correct spelling and grammatical accu
racy should be rigorously exacted in connection with all written
work during the four years. The principles o f English com
position governing punctuation, the use o f words, sentences,
and paragraphs should be thoroughly mastered ; and practice in
composition, oral as well as written, should extend throughout
54
SW ARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
the secondary school period. "Written exercises may well com
prise letter-writing, narration, description, and easy exposition
and argument. It is advisable that subjects for this work be
taken from the student’s personal experience, general knowl
edge, and studies other than English, as well as from his read
ing in literature. Finally, special instruction in language and
composition should be accompanied by concerted effort of teach
ers in all branches to cultivate in the student the habit o f using
good English in his recitations and various exercises, whether
oral or written.
L iterature
ONE AND ONE HALE UNITS
The second object is sought by means o f two lists of books,
headed respectively reading and study, from which may be
framed a progressive course in literature covering four years.
In connection with both lists, the student should be trained in
reading aloud and be encouraged to commit to memory some
o f the more notable passages both in verse and in prose. As
an aid to literary appreciation, he is further advised to acquaint
himself with the most important facts in the lives o f the authors
whose works he reads and with their place in literary history.
A. READING
The aim o f this course is to foster in the student the habit of
intelligent reading and to develop a taste for good literature,
by giving him a first-hand knowledge of some o f its best speci
mens. He should read the books carefully, but his attention
should not be so fixed upon details that he fails to appreciate
the main purpose and charm of what he reads.
W ith a view to large freedom of choice, the books provided
for reading are arranged in the following groups, from each of
which at least two selections are to be made, except as other
wise provided under Group I.
G roup I— C lassics
in
T ranslation
The Old Testament, comprising at least the chief narrative
episodes in Genesis, Exodus, Joshua, Judges, Samuel, Kings,
and Daniel, together with the books of Ruth and Esther.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
55
The Odyssey, with the omission, if desired, of -Books I, II, III,
IY , V, X V , X V I, X V II.
The Iliad, with the omission, if desired, of Books X I, X III, X I V ,
X V , X V II, X X I .
The Aeneid.
The Odyssey, Iliad, and Aeneid should be read in English trans
lations of recognized literary excellence.
F or any selection from this group a selection from any other
group may be substituted.
G roup II
Midsummer N ight’s Dream,*
Merchant of Venice,
As You Like It,
Twelfth Night,
The Tempest,
Romeo and Juliet,
King John,
-Shakspeare
Richard II,
Richard III,
H enry V,
Goriolanus,
Julius Gcesar,*
Macbeth,*
Hamlet.*
G roup III— P rose F iction
M alory: Morte d ’Arthur (about 100 pages).
Bunyan: Pilgrim ’s Progress, Part I.
Sw ift: Gulliver’s Travels (voyages to Lilliput and to Brobdingnag).
D efoe: Robinson Crusoe, Part I.
Goldsmith: Vicar of Wakefield.
Frances Burney: Evelina.
Scott’s Novels: any one.
Jane Austen’s Novels: any one.
Maria Edgeworth: Castle Rackrent, or The Absentee.
Dickens’ Novels: any one.
Thackeray’s Novels: any one.
George E liot’s Novels: any one.
Mrs. Gaskell: Cranford.
Kingsley: Westward H o! or Hereward, the Wake.
Beade: The Cloister and the Hearth.
Blackmore: Lorna Doone.
If not chosen for study under B.
56
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Hughes: Tom Brown’s Schooldays.
Stevenson: Treasure Island, or Kidnapped, or Master o f Ballantrae.
Cooper’s Novels: any one.
Poe: Selected Tales.
Hawthorne: The House of the Seven Gables, or Twice Told Tales,
or Mosses from an Old Manse.
A collection o f Short Stories by various standard writers.
G roup IY — E ssays , B iography , E tc .
Addison and Steele: The Sir Roger de Coverlay Papers, or Selec
tions from the Tatler and Spectator (about 200 pages).
Boswell: Selections from the L ife of Johnson (about 200 pages).
Franklin: Autobiography.
Irving: Selections from the Sketch Book (about 200 pages), or
L ife o f Goldsmith.
Southey; L ife o f Nelson.
Lamb: Selections from the Essays of Elia (about 100 pages).
Lockhart: Selections from the L ife of Scott (about 200
pages).
Thackeray: Lectures on Swift, Addison, and Steele in the Eng
lish Humorists.
M acaulay: A ny one o f the following essays: Lord Clive, Warren
Hastings, Milton, Addison, Goldsmith, Frederick the Great,
Madame d ’ Arblay.
Trevelyan: Selections from the L ife o f Macaulay (about 200
pages.)
Ruskin: Sesame and Lilies, or Selections (about 150 pages).
Dana: Two Years before the Mast.
Lincoln: Selections, including at least the two Inaugurals, the
Speeches in Independence Hall and at Gettysburg, the Last
Public Address, the Letter to Horace Greeley; together with
a brief memoir or estimate of Lincoln.
Parkman: The Oregon Trail.
Thoreau: Walden.
Lowell: Selected Essays (about 150 pages).
Holmes i The Autocrat o f the Breakfast Table.
Stevenson: A n Inland Voyage and Travels with a Donkey.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
57
H uxley: Autobiography and selections from Lay Sermons, in
cluding the addresses on Improving Natural Knowledge, A
Liberal Education, and A Piece of Chalk.
A collection o f Essays by Bacon, Lamb, DeQuincey, Hazlitt,
Emerson, and later writers.
A collection of Letters by various standard writers.
G roup Y — P oetry
Palgrave’s Golden Treasury (First Series) : Books I I and III,
with special attention to Dryden, Collins, Gray, Cowper,
and Bums.
Palgrave’s Golden Treasury (First Series) : Book IV , with spe
cial attention to Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley (if not
chosen fo r study under B ).
Goldsmith : The( Traveler and The Deserted Village.
Pope: The Rape of the Lock.
A collection o f English and Scottish Ballads, as, for example,
some Robin Mood ballads, The Battle of Otterburn, King
Estmere, Young Beichan, Bewick and Grahame, Sir Patrick
Spens, and a selection from later ballads.
Coleridge: The Ancient Mariner, Christabel, and Kubla Khan.
B yron: Childe Harold, Canto I I I or IV , and The Prisoner of
Chillon.
Scott : The Lady of the Lake, or Marmion.
Macaulay: The Lays o f Ancient Rome, The Battle of Naseby,
The Armada, Ivr'y.
Tennyson: The Princess, or Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and
Elaine, and The Passing of Arthur.
Browning : Cavalier Tunes, The Lost Leader, How They Brought
the Good News from Ghent to A ix, Home Thoughts from
Abroad, Home Thoughts from the Sea, Incident o f the
French Camp, H ervé Riel, Pheidippides, My Last Duchess,
Up at a Villa—Down in the City, The Italian in England,
The Patriot, The Pied Piper, “ D e Gustigus— , ” Instans
Tyrannus.
A rnold: Sohrab and Rustum, and The Forsaken Merman.
Selections from American Poetry, with special attention to Poe,
Lowell, Longfellow, and Whittier.
58
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
B. S tudy
The books provided for study are arranged in four groups,
from each of which one selection is to be made.
G roup I— D ram a
Shakespeare: Julius Cœsar, Macbeth, Hamlet.
G roup II— P oetry
M ilton: L ’Allegro, II Tenseroso, and either Comus or Lycidas.
Tennyson: The Coming of Arthur, The H oly Grail, and The
Passing o f Arthur.
The selections from Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley in Book IV
of Palgrave’s Golden Treasury (First Series).
G roup III— O ratory
B urke: Speech on Conciliation with America.
Macaulay’s Two Speeches on Copyright, and Lincoln’s Speech at
Cooper Union.
Washington’s Farewell Address and W ebster’s First Bunker Hill
Oration.
G roup I Y — E ssays
Carlyle: Essay on Burns, with a selection from Burns’s Poems.
Macaulay: L ife o f Johnson.
Emerson: Essay on Manners.
When examinations are taken at the College the two examina
tions in English may be taken separately, one at the close of
the college year and the other in the autumn.
Too much emphasis cannot be laid on the necessity, especially
in the preparation o f the work assigned for careful study, of
persistent drill looking toward the attainment of thoroughness,
accuracy, and exactness. Both the entrance examination and
(in the case of students provisionally admitted on certificate) the
work of the first semester may be expected to test these quali
ties.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
59
4. H istory ( two units).
Preparatory work in any two of the following fields o f His
tory will be accepted.
(а) A ncient H istory, with special reference to Greek and
Roman history, a short introductory study of the more ancient
nations and the chief events of the early Middle Ages, down to
the death of Charlemagne (814).
(б ) M edieval and M odern E uropean H istory, from the
death of Charlemagne to the present time.
(c) E nglish H istory.
( d ) A merican H istory and Civil Government.
Each of the above topics is intended to represent one year of
historical work wherein the study is given five times a week,
or two years o f historical work wherein the study is given three
times a week.
The requirement in history involves comparison and the use
of judgment on the pu pil’s part rather than the-mere exercise of
memory. The requirement presupposes the use of good text
books, collateral reading, and practice in written work. Geo
graphical knowledge should be tested by requiring the location
of places and movements on an outline map.
5. E lementary F rench ( two units).
Ability to pronounce French accurately, to read at sight easy
French prose, to put into French simple English sentences taken
from the language o f everyday life, or based upon a portion of
the French text read, and to answer questions on the rudiments
of the grammar as defined below. The preparation should oc
cupy two years, five recitations a week.
The first year’s work should comprise: (1) Careful drill in
pronunciation; (2) the rudiments o f grammar, including the in
flection of the regular and the more common irregular verbs, the
plural of nouns, the inflection of adjectives, participles, and pro
nouns, the use of personal pronouns, common adverbs, preposi
tions, and conjunctions, the order of words in the sentence, and
the elementary rules o f syntax; (3) numerous easy exercises, de
signed not only to fix in the memory the forms and principles of
grammar, but also to cultivate readiness in the reproduction of
60
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
natural forms o f expression; (4) the reading of from one hun
dred to one hundred and seventy-five duodecimo pages of gradu
ated texts, with constant practice in translating into French easy
variations o f the sentences read (the teacher giving the English),
and in reproducing from memory sentences previously read; (5)
writing French from dictation.
The second year’s work should comprise: (1) The reading of
from two hundred and fifty to four hundred pages o f easy
modern prose in the form o f stories, plays, or historical or bio
graphical sketches; (2) constant practice, as in the previous
year, in translating into French easy variations upon the texts
read; (3) frequent abstracts, sometimes oral and sometimes
written, of portions o f the text already read ; (4) writing French
from dictation; (5) continued drill upon the rudiments of
grammar, with constant application in the construction o f sen
tences; (6) mastery o f the forms and use o f pronouns, pro
nominal adjectives, o f all hut the rare irregular verb forms, and
o f the simple uses o f the conditional and subjunctive.
Suitable texts for the second year are: A bout’s Le Boi des
montagnes; B runo’s L e Tour de la F rance; Daudet’s easier short
taies; De la Bédollières’ La Mère Michel et Son Chat; ErekmannChatrian’s stories; F oa ’s Contes biographiques and L e Petit
Robinson de Paris; F oncin’s Le Pays de F rance; Labiche and
Martin’s La Poudre aux yeux and L e Voyage de M. Perrichon;
Legouvé and Labiche’s La Cigale chez les fourm is; M alot’s Sams
fam ille; Mairet’s La Tâche du petit P ierre; Mérimée’s Colomba;
extracts from Michelet; Sarcey’s Le Siège de Paris; Verne’s
stories.
6. I ntermediate F rench ( one unit).
Ability to read at sight, with the help of a vocabulary o f spe
cial or technical expressions, difficult French not earlier than that
o f the seventeenth century ; to write in French a short essay bn
some simple subject connected with the works read; to put into
French a passage o f easy English prose ; to answer questions in
volving an advanced knowledge o f syntax, and to carry on a sim
ple conversation in French. A fter the successful completion of
Elementary French, the preparation in Intermediate and A d
vanced French should cover two years, of five recitations a week.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
61
The year’s work of Intermediate French should comprise the
reading of from four to six hundred pages o f ordinarily difficult
French, a portion of which must be in dramatic form ; constant
practice in giving French paraphrases, abstracts, or reproduc
tions from memory of selected portions o f the matter read ; the
study o f a grammar of moderate completeness; writing from
dictation.
Suitable texts are : A bout’s stories; Augier and Sandeau’s Le
Gendre de M. P oirier; Béranger’s poems; Corneille’s Le Cid and
H orace; Coppée’s poems; Daudet’s La Belle-Nivernaise; La
Brète’s Mon Oncle et Mon C uré; Madame de Sévigné’s letters;
H ugo’s Hernawi and La Chute; Labiche’s plays; L oti’s Pêcheur
d ’lslcmde; Mignet’s historical writings; Molière’s L ’Avare and
Le Bourgeois gentilhomme; Racine’s Athalie, Andromaque, and
E sther; George Sand’s plays and stories; Sandeau’s Mademoi
selle de la Seiglière; Scribe’s plays; Thierry’s Récits des temps
mérovingiens ; Thiers’s L ’Expédition de Bonaparte en E g yp te;
Y ig n y ’s La Canne de jo n c ; Voltaire’s historical writings.
7. A dvanced F rench {one unit).
The year’s work o f Advanced French should comprise the
reading o f from six hundred to one thousand pages o f stand
ard French, classical and modern, only difficult passages being
explained in the class; the writing o f numerous short themes
in French ; the study of syntax.
Suitable reading matter will be: Beaumarchais’s Barbier de
Séville; Corneille’s dramas; the elder Dumas’s prose writings;
the younger Dumas’s La Question d ’argent; H u go’s B uy Bias,
lyrics, and prose writings; La Fontaine’s fables; Lamartine’s
Graziella; Marivaux’s plays; Molière’s plays; Musset’s plays
and poems; Pellissier’s Mouvement littéraire au X I X e siècle;
Renan’s Souvenirs d ’enfance et de jeunesse; Rousseau’s writ
ings; Sainte-Beuve’s essays; Taine’s Origines de la France con
temporaine; Voltaire’s writings; selections from Zola, Maupas
sant, and Balzac.
8. E lementary German {two units).
{a) During the first year the work should comprise: (1)
Careful drill upon pronunciation; (2) the memorizing and fre
62
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
quent repetition of easy colloquial sentences; (3) drill upon the
rudiments o f grammar, that is, upon the inflection of the articles,
of such nouns as belong to the language of everyday life, of ad
jectives, pronouns, weak verbs, and the more usual strong verbs;
also upon the use o f the more common prepositions, the simpler
uses of the modal auxiliaries, and the elementary rules of syntax
and word-order; (4) numerous easy exercises designed not only
to fix in mind the forms and principles of grammar, but also to
cultivate readiness in the reproduction of natural forms of ex
pression; (5) the reading o f from seventy-five to one hundred
pages o f graduated texts from a reader, with constant practice in
translating into German easy variations upon sentences selected
from the reading lesson and given by the teacher in English, and
in the reproduction from memory of sentences previously read.
(b) During the second year the work should comprise: (1)
The reading o f from one hundred and fifty to two hundred pages
of literature in the form of easy stories and plays; (2) accom
panying practice, as before, in the translation into German of
easy variations upon the matter read, and also in the unprepared
reproduction, sometimes oral and sometimes in writing, of the
substance of short and easy selected passages; (3) continued
drill upon the rudiments o f the grammar, directed to the ends
o f enabling the pupil, first, to use his knowledge with facility
in the formation of sentences, and, secondly, to state his knowl
edge correctly in the technical language o f grammar.
Stories suitable for the elementary course can he selected from
the following list: Andersen’s Maerchen and Bilderbuch ohne
Bilder; A rn old’s Fritz auf F erien ; Baumbach’s Die Nonna and
Der Schwiegersohn; Gerstaecker’s Germeishausen; Heyse’s
L ’Arrabbiata, Das Maedchen von Treppi, and Anfang und E nde;
H ille m ’s H oeher als die K irch e; Jensen’s Die Braune E rica;
Leander’s Träumereien and Kleine Geschichten; Seidel’s Maer
chen; Stoekl’s Unter dem Christbaum; Storm’s Immensee and
Geschichten aus der Tonne; Zschokke’s D er Zerbrochene Krug.
The reading of long plays is not advisable for the elementary
course, but one short play is recommended. Among shorter
plays the best available ones are perhaps Benedix’s D er Prozess,
D er Wieb er feind, and Guenstige Vorzeichen; E iz’s E r ist nicht
Eifersuechtig; W iehert’s A n der M ajorsecke; W ilhelmi’s Einer
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
63
Muss Heiraten. A good selection of reading matter fo r the
second year would be Andersen’s Maerchen, or Bilderbuch or
Leander’s Träumereien, to the extent of, say, forty pages. A fter
that such a story as Das Kalte Herz, or D er Zerbrochene K ru g ;
then Hoeher als die Kirche, or Im m ensee; next a good story by
Heyse, Baumbach, or Seidel; lastly, D er Prozess.
9. I ntermediate German (owe unit).
The work of the third year should comprise, in addition to
the elementary course, the reading of about four hundred pages
o f moderately difficult prose and poetry, with constant practice
in giving orally and in writing paraphrases, abstracts, or repro
ductions from memory of selected portions o f the matter read;
also grammatical drill upon the less usual strong verbs, the use
of articles, cases, auxiliaries o f all kinds, tenses and modes (with
special reference to the infinitive and subjunctive), and likewise
upon word-order and word-formation.
Suitable reading for the third year can be selected from such
works as the follow ing: Ebner-Eschenbach’s Die Freiherren von
Gemperlein; F reytag’s Die Journalisten and Bilder aus der
Deutschen Vergangenheit, for example, Karl der Grosse, Aus
den Kreuzzuegen’ Doktor Luther, Aus dem Staat Friedrichs des
Grossen; Fouqué’s Undine; Gerstaecker’s Irrfahrten; Goethe’s
Hermann und Dorothea and Iphigenie; Heine’s poems and
Reisebilder; Hoffman’s Historische Erzaehlungen; Lessing’s
Minna von Barnhelm; M eyer’s Gustav A d o lf’s P a g e; Moser’s Her
Bibliothekar; Riehl’s Novellen, for example, Burg Neideck, Der
Fluch der Schoenheit, D er Stumme Ratsherr, Das Spielmanns
kind; Rosegger’s Waldheimat; Schiller’s D er Neffe als Onkel,
Der Geisterseher, Wilhelm Teil, Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Das
Lied von der Glocke, Balladen; Scheffel’s D er Trompeter von
Saechkingen; Uhland’s poems; W ildenbruch’s Das Edle Blut.
10. A dvanced German ( one unit).
The work of the fourth year should comprise the reading of
about five hundred pages o f good literature in prose and poetry,
reference readings upon the lives and works of the great writers
studied, the writing in German o f numerous short themes upon
64
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
assigned subjects, independent translation o f English into Ger
man.
11. Greek {three units).
(а) Elementary Greek. Grammar (Goodwin’s recommended);
Elementary Composition; Xenophon’s Anabasis, Book I.
(б ) Advanced Greek. Anabasis, Books II, III, I Y ; Iliad,
Books I, II, I I I ; Greek Prose Composition; Translation at sight.
[Students who offer Advanced Greek are expected to offer also
General History of Greece to the death of Alexander.]
12. E lementary L atin {two units).
First Latin Book; reading which shall not be less in amount
than Caesar’s Gallic War, I-IV , and. which may be selected from
Caesar {Gallic W ar and Civil W ar) and Nepos {L iv e s ); the writ
ing o f simple Latin prose.
13. A dvanced L atin {two units).
Reading which shall not be less in amount than Cicero, The
Orations against Catiline, F or the Manilian Law and F or Archias; and Virgil, Aeneid, I-V I. This amount o f reading may be
selected from the follow ing: Cicero {Orations, Letters, and Be
Senectute) and Sallust {Catiline and Jugurthine W a r ) ; Virgil
{Bucolics, Georgies, and Aeneid) and Ovid {Metamorphoses,
Fasti, and Tristia). W ith this reading there should be carried
on systematic and regular work in composition, involving a thor
ough knowledge o f all regular inflections, all common irregular
forms, and the ordinary syntax and vocabulary o f the prose
authors read.
Candidates should be examined in translation at sight o f both
prose and verse. • The vocabulary, construction, and range of
ideas of the passages set will be suited to the preparation secured
by the reading indicated above. Exercises in translation at
sight should begin in school with the first lessons in which Latin
sentences o f any length occur, and should continue throughout
the course with sufficient frequency to insure correct methods of
work on the part o f the student. From the outset particular at
tention should be given to developing the ability to take in the
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
65
meaning of each word— and so, gradually, of the whole sentence
— just as it stands ; the sentence should be read and understood
in the order of the original, with full appreciation o f the force
of each word as it comes, so far as this can be known or inferred
from that which has preceded and from the form and the posi
tion o f the word itself. The habit of reading in this way should
be encouraged and cultivated as the best preparation for all the
translating that the student has to do. Finally, the full mean
ing of the passage to be translated should be expressed in clear
and natural English. The school work in Latin should include
also much reading aloud, writing from dictation, and translation
from the teacher’s reading. Learning suitable passages by heart
is also very useful, and should be practiced.
14. E lementary S cience ( one or tivo units).
The equivalent of a year’s course, five periods a week, in each
o f two branches of science, each to comprise both class room and
laboratory work. Time spent in the laboratory shall be counted
at one half its face value. A year’s course in any branch with
out laboratory work will count as only one half of a unit, and
four such courses will be necessary to meet the requirement in
Elementary Science. A selection may be made from the follow
ing list of sciences:
P hysics.— The course of instruction in physics should in
clude :
(1) The study of one standard textbook, for the purpose of
obtaining a connected and comprehensive view o f the subject.
The student should be given opportunity and encouragement to
consult other scientific literature.
(2) Instruction by lecture table demonstrations, to be used
mainly fo r illustration o f the facts and phenomena o f physics
in their qualitative aspects and in their practical applications.
(3) Individual laboratory work consisting o f experiments re
quiring at least the time of thirty double periods. The experi
ments performed by each student should number at least .thirty.
The work should be so distributed as to give a wide range of
observation and practice.
5
66
SWAETHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
The aim o f laboratory work should be to supplement the pu
p il’s fund of concrete knowledge and to cultivate his power of
accurate observation and clearness of thought and expression.
The exercises should be chosen with a view to furnishing forceful
illustrations o f fundamental principles and their practical ap
plications. They should be such as yield results capable of ready
interpretation, obviously in conformity with thebry, and free
from the disguise o f unintelligible units.
Slovenly work should not be tolerated, but the effort for pre
cision should not lead to the use of apparatus or processes so
complicated as to obscure the principle involved.
Throughout the whole course special attention should be paid
to the common illustrations of physical laws and to their in
dustrial applications.
In the solution of numerical problems, the student should
be encouraged to make use o f the simple principles of algebra
and geometry to reduce the difficulties o f solution. Unneces
sary mathematical difficulties should be avoided and care should
be exercised to prevent the student from losing sight o f the con
crete facts in the manipulation of symbols.
C h e m i s t r y .— It is recommended that the candidate’s prepara
tion in chemistry should include :
(1) Individual laboratory work, comprising at least forty
exercises selected from a list o f sixty or more, not very differ
ent from the list given by the College Entrance Examination
Board.
(2) Instruction by lecture-table demonstrations, to be used
mainly as a basis for questioning upon the general principles in
volved in the pu pil’s laboratory investigations. .
(3) The study of at least one standard textbook, to the end
that the student may gain a comprehensive and corrected view
o f the most important facts and laws o f elementary chemistry.
B o t a n y .— The work in this subject should include those topics
in the leading divisions of the subject which are now regarded
by most teachers as fundamental. The general sequence of top
ics is that recommended by the College Entrance Examination
Board, but this point is not regarded as especially important,
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
67
and the sequence, the methods, and the textbooks are left to the
judgment o f the individual teacher.
The amount o f work In this course is designed to occupy a
year o f five periods a week. Where special circumstances, such
as exceptional difficulty in obtaining material, etc., prevent the
completion o f the entire amount, it is recommended as better to
omit some o f the minor topics here and there and concentrate on
the more important topics than to attempt to cover them all
superficially.
Individual laboratory work by the students is essential and
should receive at least doubly the amount of time given to recita
tion. Records o f the laboratory work, properly certified by the
teacher, in which stress is laid upon diagrammatically accurate
drawing and precise, expressive description, should be required.
P h y s i c a l G e o g r a p h y .— The candidate’s preparation should
include :
(1) The study of one of the leading secondary textbooks in
physical geography, that a knowledge may be gained of the prin
ciples, and o f well-selected facts illustrating those principles.
(2) Individual laboratory work, comprising at least forty exer
cises selected from a list not very different from the one given
by the College Entrance Examination Board. From one third
to one half o f the candidate’s classroom work should be devoted
to laboratory exercises. In the autumn and spring, field trips
should take the place o f laboratory exercises.
Z o o l o g y .— The requirement in this subject is based upon the
statement of a committee appointed by the American Society of
Zoologists. The outline o f a course in general zoology is con
tained in the publications of the College Entrance Examination
Board. The outline should be developed on the basis o f a course
of laboratory study guided by definite directions. This should
be supplemented by the careful reading o f at least one modem
elementary textbook in general zoology. A t least two thirds of
the time should be devoted to the practical studies of the labora
tory. I f good nature-studies have not preceded the course in
high-school zoology, pupils should be encouraged to do supple
mentary work in the line o f natural history. A notebook in
68
SWART PI MORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
eluding drawings o f the chief structures studied anatomically,
and also those drawings required in natural history, with notes
on demonstrations and in explanation o f drawings, should be
required.
13. S o l id G e o m e t r y ( one half of a unit).
The theorems and constructions in a good modern text, includ
ing the sphere and spherical figures. Solution o f many original
exercises, loci problems, and numerical examples.
No entrance credit in solid geometry will be allowed to a stu
dent who has spent less than one half year, of four or five reci
tations a week, in its preparation.
14. T r ig o n o m e t r y ( one half o f a u n i t ) .
The trigonometric ratios; solution of trigonometric equations;
reduction of trigonometric identities; multiple angles; theory
and use of logarithms and tables; solution o f triangles.
No entrance credit in trigonometry will be granted to a stu
dent who has spent less than one half year, five recitations a
week, in its preparation.
AD V A N C E D STANDING
No student is admitted to advanced standing later than the
beginning of the senior year. Students entering from other
colleges must complete at least one full year’s work at Swarthmore College in fulfillment o f the requirements for the degree of
Bachelor of Arts. Students who come from other colleges must
present full credentials for both college and preparatory work,
and a letter o f honorable dismissal. I f the credentials are satis
factory to the Committee on Admission, the candidate will be
given, without examination, an equivalent amount of credit upon
the records o f the College. A ll applicants for advanced stand
ing for work done in other than approved colleges or universities
will be admitted to such standing only by examination. Ex
aminations for such credit shall cover the full equivalent of cor
responding courses at Swarthmore College. Application for
advanced sta,nding should be made in writing to the Dean. Ex
aminations will be held only at the College.
REQUIREM ENTS FOR GRADUATION
T H E GENERAL UNDERGBADUATE COURSE OP STUDY
The degree o f Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those who
complete the undergraduate course as outlined below. This
course is based upon uniform requirements for admission, and
upon certain studies which are prescribed for all matriculates.
In addition to securing this fundamental uniformity, it provides
for the varied needs and capacities of individuals by permitting
a wide range of election on the part o f the student or his ad
viser; and it seeks, also, to provide a thorough training, extend
ing over three or four years, in some one department of study.
The requirement of a thesis from a candidate for the Bachelor’s
degree is left to the option of the head of the department in
which the m ajor is taken.
Candidates for graduation in the Department of Liberal Arts
are required to complete one hundred and twenty-four “ hours”
in addition to the prescribed work in physical education. For
the number of hours required for graduation in the Departments
of Engineering and in the Department of Chemistry, see the
courses o f study outlined under the various departments. The
foregoing are minimum requirements. Students may he re
quired to complete additional “ hours” fo r graduation as penal
ties for absences from collection or from class room, laboratory,
or other college exercises. A n “ hour” signifies one recitation or
lecture (or its equivalent) a week throughout one college semes
ter. A recitation or lecture is regularly fifty-five minutes long,
and the preparation of the student is estimated at an average
of two hours for each class exercise. In the Departments of
Engineering, Biology, and Chemistry a laboratory period is
three hours in length. In other departments, where additional
work is required outside of the laboratory, the laboratory period
is two hours in length. It is designed to make the laboratory
exercise, as nearly as possible, equivalent in its demands to the
hour defined above.
The prescribed number o f hours for students majoring in
the Departments of Liberal Arts is seventeen for each semester
(69)
70
SWABTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
of the freshman year and fifteen for each semester of the sopho
more, junior, and senior years. The prescribed number o f hours
for students majoring in Engineering ranges from fifteen to
twenty for each semester.
Quality Points.— A n average quality grade shall be required
for graduation, and for the purpose of determining this quality
grade, numerical values called “ points,” shall be given to the
grade letters, as follows: for grade A, three points for each
semester hour of course in which the grade is received; for
grade B, two points; for grade C, one point; for grade D, no
point. The grade D is sufficient to pass a course, but does not
count any “ point.”
In accordance with this valuation the requirements in “ points”
for ' graduation of all students, both those in arts and in ap
plied science, is one1hundred and twenty-four. This is a re
quirement for Arts students o f an average grade o f C. In other
words, Arts students are required for graduation to present one
hundred and twenty-four hours of credit and one hundred and
twenty-four “ points.” Students in applied science will be re
quired for graduation to present the number o f hours o f credit
now prescribed (ranging from one hundred and thirty-two to
one hundred and fifty-one) and one hundred and twenty-four
“ points.”
E xtra òr Less Hours.— Students are not allowed to carry
more nor less than the prescribed amount o f work except in
special cases approved by the Committee on Prescribed and Ex
tra "Work. Students often find it difficult, however, to make out
a course o f study for the exact number of hours, and fo r this
reason a variation o f one hour more or less than the prescribed
number o f hours may be allowed by the course adviser. In such
cases the endorsement of the course adviser must be secured in
writing on the Enrollment Card.
Students desiring to carry more than one hour in excess of
the prescribed number or more than one hour below the pre
scribed number must make application to the Committee on
Prescribed and Extra W ork on a regular form provided fo r the
purpose by the Dean. No student whose marks have fallen be
low C in any subject or below B in more than one department
during the preceding semester shall be permitted to enroll for
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
71
more than one hour in excess of the prescribed number. For
students entering from other schools or colleges these grades shall
be determined from their entrance certificates. No application
of a student to enroll for more or less than the prescribed num
ber of hours shall be considered by the committee unless ac
companied by the written endorsement of the course ad
viser.
I.
Prescribed Studies.— These studies must be taken by all
students who are candidates for graduation, unless for special
reasons permission to substitute some other work is obtained
from the proper faculty committee. The whole o f the first
year is. devoted to five of the prescribed studies with one
elective.
The time and order in which the remaining studies are taken
may vary according to the requirements of each department.
The prescribed work, amounting to forty-three hours, ex
clusive of the Physical Education, includes the following
studies:
Group 1. English.-—Ten hours, fo u r .o f which must be taken
in English Composition, and six in English Literature.
Group 2. Greek, Latin, French, German.— Twelve hours in
any one of these languages, or six hours in each o f two.
Group 3. Nine hours, three of which must be taken in Bible
Study, and six in one of the following departments: History,
History of Religion and Philosophy, Economics, Political Sci
ence, Psychology and Education.
Group 4. Biology, Chemistry, Physics.— Six hours, to be taken
in any one of the three departments, and to include at least one
credit-hour o f laboratory work throughout a year.
Group 5. Mathematics, Astronomy.— Six hours, to be taken in
either one o f the two studies.
Group 6. Physical Education.— F or the prescribed amount of
work in this department, see the statements under the Depart
ment of Physical Education.
Students who fail in the required courses of the freshman
year should enroll in these courses during the sophomore year.
No deviation from this rule will be allowed except on the writ
ten endorsement of the course adviser, and after notification to
72
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
the professor in charge of the subject in which the student
failed.
A ll prescribed studies must he completed or in actual process
o f completion at the'beginning ,of the senior year except in cases
where such prescribed work is not offered until the second semes
ter of the senior year.
No substitution o f elective fo r prescribed work where more
than one semester is involved shall be permitted after the be
ginning o f the senior year, nor in any case after the beginning
of the second semester o f the senior year.
Application for permission to substitute an elective for a pre
scribed study must be made to the Committee on Prescribed and
Extra W ork on a regular form provided by the Dean, for the.
purpose.
II. Major Subject.— Every candidate for graduation is re
quired to select the work of some one department as his major.
In most cases the selection may well be postponed until the be
ginning of the second year. In the department thus chosen the
student must complete eighteen hours as a minimum (the pre
scribed work done in the m ajor study to be included in this
minimum), and the professor in charge may, at his option, de
termine the work of thirty-six hours, provided six hours shall
not be in his own department. I f the major study is one o f the
languages, at least six hours of the prescribed work must be
taken in another language. No matter how much credit may
have been given on entrance, no student is allowed to graduate
who has not been enrolled as a student o f Swarthmore College
at least one year and who has not had in the College at least
one year’s work in his major.
I f the m ajor study is changed from any branch o f Engineer
ing to a department in arts, the number o f credit hours then
on record will be adjusted to the basis o f 124 hours.
III. Elective Studies.--*-The remaining work required for grad
uation may be elected from any department or departments of
the College.
The following subjects are open to election, in so far as the
exigencies of the college programme will permit:
73
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
Anthropology,
Art,
Astronomy,
Bible Study,
Biology,
Botany,
Chemistry,
Economics,
Education,
Engineering,
English,
French,
Geology,
German,
Greek,
History,
History o f Beligion,
Latin,
Law,
Mathematics,
Philosophy,
Physics,
Political Science,
Psychology,
Public Speaking,
Spanish,
Zoology.
U N IFO R M CU RRICU LU M FOR T H E F R E S H M A N Y EA R IN T H E COURSES
IN ARTS
F R E S H M A N Y EA R
First Sem ester
See
Page
140
143
Major Study or Elective.
English % .........................
English 4 . ................................
Mathematics 251 ................
or
Astronomy 262 .....................
Language.........................
Elective..........................
Physical Education.........
Composition..................
General Introduction . .
Solid Geometry.............
Descriptive Astronomy
Lab’y
2
3
3
3
2
Totals
13
Credits
—
3
2
3
3
III!
83
84
138
Hours per Week
Class
3
3
—
17
—
Second Sem ester
2
3
3
—
... —
—
3
—
—
—
or
—
2
Totals.....................
13
- —
T H E COURSES OF STU DY IN APPLIED SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor of Arts in the Departments of Mechan
ical, Civil, Electrical, and Chemical Engineering, and in the
Department of Chemistry, is conferred upon those students who
complete the prescribed work as outlined under the various de
partments above named.
74
SW ARÏHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
IRREGULAR COURSES OP STUDY
Irregular courses of study, not including in due proportion
the prescribed major and elective studies, may be pursued by
students who have been regularly admitted to the College by
examination or by certificate only in special cases and by ap
proval o f the Faculty Committee on Prescribed and Extra Work.
U N IFORM
CU RRICU LU M
FOR T H E F R E S H M A N A N D SOPHOMORE
YEARS IN APPLIED SCIENCE
The curriculum for the first and second years of the fouryears’ courses leading to degrees in the Departments o f Mechan
ical, Civil, Electrical, and Chemical Engineering is the same in
every respect. F or the first and second year students in Chem
istry as applied science and in Chemical Engineering follow
the same courses as given below except that women students are
required to take certain electives instead o f the prescribed
courses, where specified.
FRESHMAN YEAR
F irst S em ester
Hours per Week
See
Page
131
138
138
83
84
116
130
143
Class
Shop 203* .......................
Mathematics 251 ..................... ..
Mathematics 252 ..................
English 1 .....................
English 4 ..........................................
Chemistry 171 ..............................
Drawing 191 ..................................
Physical Education...............
Lab’y
Credits
15
18
6
3
6
2
8
2
2
3
3
2
15
17
3
8
15
Second Sem ester
132
138
138
83
84
116
130
143
_
Shop 203 and 204 *.....................
Mathematics 253 ..................
Mathematics 252 ........................
English 1 ...........................
English 4 ..........................................
Chemistry 171 ..............................
Drawing 192 .............................
Physical Education..............
3
2
2
3
2
2
Totals.....................
14
—
—
—
—
• Women majoring in Chemistry may substitute an elective for Shop Work and Drawing.
75
UNIFORM CURRICULUM
SOPHOMORE YEAR
F irst Sem ester
See
Page
Hours per Week
Class
_
132
Mechanical Engineering 213
6
6
—
6
Credit
2
2
Materials of Construction...
—
3
1
3
2
2
2
—■
3
3
3
«
Totals.................
13
20
18
6
6
2
2
3
3
3
3
Shop '205 and 2 0 6 * ............... Forge work and Machine work
116
132
143
Lab’y
—
Second Sem ester
—
3
1
3
2
—
2
—
2
1
—
11
24
19
116
133
6
—
2
Civil Engineering 223 or
4
—
143
Totals.....................
■—
• Women majoring in Chemistry may substitute electives for Drawing, Shop, and Surveying,
t The courses'to be followed in Group 2 are determined by the student s previous training
in these languages!
COURSE A D V ISE R S
A ll students are expected to confer with their respective
course advisers before enrolling in classes. The professor in
charge o f the m ajor subject will serve as course adviser for
each student who has chosen a m ajor subject. The President
will designate the course adviser for students who have not
chosen their m ajor subjects.
E X T R A W O R K DONE OUTSIDE OP CLASSES
No student will be granted credit for work in excess o f that
regularly listed on the Enrollment Card unless permission to do
so is granted by the Committee on Prescribed and Extra W ork
at the written request o f the course adviser. A ll students ex
cept those desiring credit for intercollegiate debating must gain
permission of the Committee on Prescribed and Extra W ork
before the work is entered upon.
SUMMER SCHOOL W O RK
Students desiring to transfer credit in a prescribed subject
from a University Summer School are required to secure the
endorsement o f the head o f the department concerned before
entering upon the work.
R EM O VAL OF CONDITIONS
Members o f the graduating class must make up all outstanding
conditions and deficiencies by the end o f the first semester of
the senior year, and no student whose record is not then clear
shall be considered a candidate for graduation in that year.
A ll conditions must be made up in the semester immediately
following that in which the work reported as conditioned was
done, and as early in the semester as possible; except that by
special permission o f the professor concerned the time for mak
ing up the condition may be extended to the second semester
following in case (1) the course fo r which the condition was
imposed is not repeated until said second semester, and (2) it is
considered necessary by the professor that the student should
(76)
EXEMPTION FKOM EXAMINATIONS
77
make up part or all of the class or laboratory work involved at
the time the course is repeated. A ny condition not made up
within a year from the time it is imposed, shall thereafter have
the effect upon the records of an “ E ,” i. e., complete failure,
which cannot he made up.
SYSTEM OF GRADES
Reports o f students’ work are received at the Dean’s office
four times a year; at the end of each semester and at each mid
semester. A ll grades are mailed to parents at the end of each
semester, and are also given out to students at each mid-semester
and the end of the first semester.
The following system of marking is used by instructors: A
(excellent, 100-90 per ce n t.); B (good, 89-80 per ce n t.); C
(fair, 79-70 per c e n t.); D (poor, 69-60 per cent.) % E (failed) ;
W (w ithdraw n); Cond. (Conditioned).
The mark “ conditioned” shall be reported for only two rea
sons : (1) for unsatisfactory work in a semester course in which
the condition may be removed hv doing satisfactory work either
in another semester course which involves the subject-matter of
the first course or in the second semester of a year’s course; (2)
when the work of a course is incomplete; that is, when the work
done in the course is satisfactory with the exception of a small,
definite part of i t ; for example, the writing of a theme, the read
ing of an assignment, or the taking of a final examination. The
mark “ conditioned” shall not he given to a student whose work
in a course has been below the passing grade. Such a student
shall be reported “ E ” (failed).
When the reports of grades are filed at the Dean’s office, the
exact character of the conditions imposed wil| be defined, and
the nature of the work required to remove conditions reported
in writing. The students will then be notified by the Dean o f the
terms o f the conditions.
E X E M PTIO N FROM E X A M IN ATIO N S
No underclassmen shall be exempted from semester final ex
aminations ; seniors with grades of A or B shall be exempt in
the final examinations of the second semester.
78
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
ABSEN CES FROM E X A M IN A TIO N
A ny student who is absent from an examination, announce
ment o f which was made in advance of the date o f the examina
tion, shall be given an examination at another than the scheduled
hour only after presentation by the student to the instructor in
charge o f the course (1) o f a certificate from the Committee on
Absences that the student has submitted a written statement
satisfactorily explaining the cause making the absence from ex
amination imperatively necessary, and (2) of a receipt from the
office o f the superintendent for a fee o f $2, which shall be paid
by the student in the case o f every such examination.
No examinations in absentia shall be permitted. This rule
shall bè interpreted to mean that instructors shall give examina
tions only at the college and under direct departmental super
vision.
ABSEN CES FROM CLASSES
Each instructor shall make on the form provided for the pur
pose daily reports of student absences to the office of the Dean.
A ll powers o f supervision and discipline over student absences
are vested in a Committee on Absences to be composed of the
Dean, The Dean of Women, both ex officio, and three other fac
ulty members appointed annually by the President o f the Col
lege, who shall designate the Chairman of the Committee from
among its members.
In dealing with all student absences the Committee on A b
sences shall classify them either (a) as allowable absences, or (b)
as disallowed absences. Allowable absences are absences which
in the opinion of the Committee on Absences are incurred for
sufficient cause. B y sufficient cause is meant any grounds for
absence which would justify failure to keep a stated business
appointment; provided, however, that no absence shall be con
sidered allowable by the Committee on Absences unless a writ
ten explanation o f it is made by the student incurring it on a
form provided for this purpose at the Dean’s office. Such ex
planation must be made by the student in advance o f the absence,
or, i f this be impossible, at the earliest practicable time there
after. In case the absence is not reported in advance the student
shall be required to state fully on the form referred to above
ABSENCES FROM CLASSES
79
the reasons for his delay in reporting it. Failure to explain ab
sences promptly and adequately shall be sufficient ground for
classifying them as disallowed.
A ll absences not coming under the definition of allowable ab
sence shall be considered disallowed absences subject to discipline.
In the exercise of their powers of discipline over absences of the
latter character the Committee on Absences may warn students,
parents, Or guardian; may place students on probation and fix
the terms o f said probation; and may require students to make
hours of credit for graduation in addition to the requirements
as stated in the Catalogue ; provided, however, that such credit
penalties shall not exceed the ratio o f the number o f absences to
the number of hours of attendance required to make one hour
o f credit, and, provided further, that, in the case o f students who
reach the end of the first semester of their senior year with a
penalty o f less than one full hour of credit imposed under this
section, said penalty may be removed by the Committee on A b
sences.
Disallowed absences incurred in any course in which the num
ber o f absences already recorded is equal to the number of hours
per week for which the course is given shall be counted double.
F or each disallowed absence on days beginning or ending all
vacations and holidays, including the summer vacation, students
shall be required to make one half hour of credit for graduation
in addition to the requirements as stated in the Catalogue. A b
sences penalized under this section shall not be subject to dis
cipline provided under other sections o f these rules.
Students shall have the right to a hearing before the Commit
tee on Absences in cases involving the imposition of credit penal
ties by the Committee, and the right to petition the Faculty in
cases where, after such hearing has been given, they are dissatis
fied with the decision of the Committee. In all questions involv
ing the number of a student’s absences the reports of Instructors
shall be considered authoritative.
D EG REES
BACHELOR OP ARTS
The degree o f Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon students
who have complied with the requirements for graduation as
stated on pages 69 to 75.
MASTER OP ARTS *
1. The degree o f Master o f Arts may be conferred upon
graduates of Swarthmore College or o f other institutions of
satisfactory standing who have spent at least a year in residence
at this College, pursuing a systematic course of non-professional
study approved by the faculty. The amount of work required
o f candidates for the Master’s degree consists of the equivalent of
thirty credit hours in courses of instruction of advanced grade,
of which at least twenty hours shall he in a major subject and
the remainder in a minor subject to be approved by the professor
in charge of the m ajor subject. A ll candidates must have com
pleted.the work of the m ajor subject in the undergraduate course
as stated on page 72, before entering upon graduate work. No
work counted for the first degree will he accepted fo r the second
degree. In no case will the Master’s degree be conferred upon
resident students in less than one year after the conferring of
the Bachelor’s degree. It must be understood, however, that
only students o f ability and maturity will be able to finish the
work in one year. No person will be recommended for the Mas
te r’s degree who shall not have attained a grade o f A or B on
examination in each subject.
2. The degree may be conferred upon graduates o f Swarth
more College who have devoted one year to graduate work in
residence at another college or university, and who have fulfilled
the requirements indicated in the preceding section.
3. The degree may be conferred upon graduates of Swarth
more College not in residence at any college or university, who
* Candidates holding the degree o f Bachelor of Science, who have fulfilled all the
requirements prescribed for the degree o f Master of Arts, may at their option receive
the degree o f Master o f Science.
(8 0 )
ADVANCED DEGREES IN ENGINEERING
81
have completed a course o f non-professional advanced study ap
proved by the faculty, substantially equivalent in kind, grade,
and amount to that prescribed for the resident candidates for
that degree. Courses of study will be assigned to candidates
upon an application to the faculty, in which they state the sub
jects they desire to pursue.
A ll candidates in absentia must register (by correspondence,
if necessary) at the beginning of each college year, and make
reports to the faculty at the end of each semester.
jEach candidate for the Master’s degree must prepare a satis
factory thesis on a subject assigned by the professor in charge
o f the m ajor subject, and must pass a final oral examination
before a committee of the faculty composed of the professors in
charge of the m ajor and minor subjects respectively, and three
other members of the faculty appointed by the President o f the
College. A majority vote of this committee is required for
favorable recommendation to the faculty. This examination will
be held only when notification of the intention to appear for
examination is given to the Dean on or before the first o f April
o f the year in which the candidate desires to receive the degree.
The thesis must be presented on or before May 25th of the
year in which the candidate desires to receive the degree, and
a bound copy of the thesis must be deposited in the college library
by July following.
Every resident candidate shall pay the regular tuition for each
year o f residence and a diploma fee of $5. Every non-resident
candidate shall pay a registration fee o f $5 and an additional
fee of $20 when the degree is conferred.
AD V A N C E D D EG REES IN CIVIL, M ECHANICAL, AND
E L E C T R IC A L ENGINEERING
The advanced degrees o f Mechanical Engineer (M .E .), Elec
trical Engineer (E .E .), and Civil Engineer (C .E .), may be ob
tained by graduates who have received their Bachelor’s degree
in engineering upon the fulfilling of the requirements given be
low :
1. The candidate must have been connected with practical
engineering work for three years since receiving his. first degree.
6
82
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
2. He must have had charge o f engineering work and must be
in a position o f responsibility and trust at the time of applica
tion.
3. He must make application and submit an outline of the
thesis he expects to present, one full year before the advanced
degree is to be conferred. A fter this application is made he
will receive an outlined course o f study to pursue during the
year.
4. The thesis must be submitted for approval, and satisfactory
evidence given that the reading requirement has been met one
calendar month before the time o f granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee o f $5 and an
additional fee of $20 when the degree is conferred.
D EPARTM EN TS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
English
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Harold Clarke Goddard. Roy Bennett Pace is As
sistant Professor, Maud Bassett Gorham, Clara M. Hogue, and
Raymond Morse Herrick are Instructors, and Mary North Chenoweth is 'Assistant.
The purpose o f the work in English is to impart the ability
to write clear, forceful, idiomatic English, and to arouse and
foster love of good literature. A special effort is made to keep
in view, at all times, the application of the works studied to the
life and problems of the present day.
The requirements and electives in Composition may be seen
below. O f the courses in English Literature, Course 4 fulfills the
prescription in English Literature, and is a prerequisite to all
other courses in English; Courses 8, 10, and 12 are open to all
students who have completed Course 4 ; Courses 5, 6, 7, 9, 11,
and 13 are open to all students who have completed six addi
tional hours elected from Courses 8, 10, and 12, and also with
the consent of the instructor, to Juniors and Seniors whose major
subject is not English; Course 14 is open as stated under that
course.
1. Composition. Assistant Professor Pace, Dr. Gorham, Miss Hogue, and
Mr. Herrick.
Two hours a week throughout the year. Offered anmutUy.
Prescribed in the Freshman year, for all candidates for graduation. Short and
long themes and regular conferences throughout the year, together with assigned
collateral reading.
2. Second Tear Composition.
Dr. Gorham.
Two hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
Prerequisite, Course 1. This course continues, along more advanced lines, the work
of the Freshman year, emphasis being placed upon expository writing.
3. Narrative Writing.
Professor Goddard.
Two hours a week throughout the year. Offered asnnually.
Open only to those who have attained a grade o f A or B in Courses 1, or 2. The
chief emphasis o f this course is on the short story; the analysis of its structure and
practice in writing it. In the second semester some time is devoted to the writing
of one*act plays.
(8 3 )
84
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
4. General Introduction to English Literature. Assistant Professor Pace,
Dr. Gorham, Miss Hogue, and Mr. Herrick.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered anrmdlly.
The first semester of Course 4 is devoted, in the main, to a study of various liter
ary types. Representative examples of lyric and narrative poetry, of the drama, novel,
and essay are discussed and criticised in the classroom. Lectures upon versification
and a few o f the fundamental principles o f literary criticism. The second semester
is given to a rapid survey of the history of English literature from the Anglo-Saxon
to the Victorian period. A large amount o f collateral reading and frequent written
reports are required during both semesters.
Course 4 is prescribed in the Freshman year, for all candidates for graduation,
and is prerequisite to all other courses in English.
5. Anglo-Saxon.
Assistant Professor Pace.
Three hours a week throughout the yea/r. Offered in 1918-19.
The work of the first semester is based on Bright’ s Anglo-Saxon Reader. During
the second semester Beowulf and one other poem are read. Lectures on phonology,
and a general survey o f the Anglo-Saxon period. Beowulf in particular is studied
as a monument not only of the language but also of early English life.
Except with the consent of the instructor, Course 5 must be continued throughout
the year.
6 . Chaucer.
Professor Goddard.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered in 1917-18.
After an introductory study o f Middle English grammar and phonology, Course 6
is devoted to a careful reading of a number of the Canterbury Tales, several of the
Minor Poems, and the Troilus and Criseyde. Brief selections are read from the works
of Langland and other writers of the period.
Course 6 must be continued throughout the year.
7. The English Drama.
Dr. Gorham.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
Course 7 deals with a selected period or aspect of the English drama. Subject for
1917-18: The Elizabethan Drama.
Course 7 must be continued throughout the year.
8 . Shakespeare.
Mr. Herrick.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
A critical study of several selected plays o f Shakespeare and more rapid reading of
the rest o f his works.
9. Prose Fiction.
Assistant Professor Pace.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered in 1917-18.
Course 9 deals with a selected period or aspect of English fiction, or takes up in
more detail the works o f a single author.
10. English Poetry.
Professor Goddard.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered in 1918-19.
The work of this course is devoted to the English poets of a selected period, the
emphasis being placed on the interpretation of individual masterpieces rather than on
the study o f literary movements. In 1918-19 this course will be fused with Course 13,
the subject being: A Critical Study of Poetry.
Course 10 must be continued throughout the year.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
11. English Prose.
85
Professor Goddard and Miss Hogue.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
The purpose o f Course 11 is to present the development of English thought and of
the social, political, and ethical ideals of the English people, as embodied in the prose
literature o f a selected period.
In 1917-18 two courses in English Prose are offered: 11 (a ) Social Ideals in Con
temporary Prose, by Professor Goddard; and 11 (b ) Victorian Prose, by Miss Hogue.
Course 11 must be continued throughout the year.
12. American literature.
Assistant Professor Pace.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered in 1916-17.
A survey of the history o f American literature, emphasis being placed upon the
nineteenth century and upon leading writers.
13. The Principles o f Literary Criticism.
Professor Goddard.
Three hou/rs a week during the second semester. Offered in 1918-19.
Course 13 is designed to give some acquaintance with the principles underlying the
criticism and interpretation of literature and art. In 1918-19 this course will be fused
with Course 10.
14. Special Topics.
Professor Goddard.
Three hours a w eek throughout the year. Offered in 1917-18.
The purpose of Course 14 is to cover periods and topics not fully treated in the
other courses o f the department, and to offer, also, opportunity for the detailed study
of selected authors.
Course 14 is conducted on the seminary plan and is intended primarily for Seniors
majoring in English; it is open to others only by special permission.
The Philadelphia libraries o f particular value in connection
with work in the department of English are the following: the
Library o f the University of Pennsylvania; the Philadelphia
Library; the Mercantile Library; the Free Library o f Phila
delphia.
French and Spanish
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Isabelle Bronk. Dr. Lander MacClintock is Instructor
and Mercedes C. Iribas is Assistant.
The courses of study in French are designed to afford a high
degree of literary culture, as well as to impart thorough train
ing in the grammar and linguistics of the language. Until the
end o f the second year, the authors studied are all selected
from those o f modem times, and the greatest attention is given
to colloquial French. The student is then ready to be brought
into contact with the more artificial (rhetorical) forms of ex
pression constantly occurring in the higher grades of literature.
86
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
The fact that French is a living tongue is kept ever in view.
F or this reason but little English is used in the classroom. Free
composition, dictation, memorizing, and conversation are re
quired throughout the courses. Much attention is given to pro
nunciation, and the relations o f modern French to classical,
popular, and low Latin are brought often before the students.
The course in Spanish is arranged with a view to giving, as
far as possible, a practical knowledge of this language, and also
some idea o f the modem literature o f Spain.
From eleven to fourteen courses in French are given each year.
The class in Course 21 is divided into three sections, the class
in Course 22 into two.
Students who are prepared in Elementary French (see page
59) enter Course 22; those who are prepared in Advanced
French (see page 61) enter Courses 23 and 25.
Students who elect French as a major study are required to
complete the work of five full years, or thirty “ hours,” and to
take Course 30.
The first semester’s work in Elementary French and Elemen
tary Spanish will not be accepted toward a degree unless followed
by the work of the second semester in the same language.
Some of the lists of works studied, as given below, are subject
to a slight modification.
21. Elementary French.
Professor Bronk and Dr. MacClintock.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
This course is intended for those who begin French in college. Its aim is to enable
the student to read ordinary French with ease, to understand to some extent the lan
guage when spoken, and to form simple sentences, both oral and written.
Fontaine, Nouveau Cours Français. Beginner’ s Reader, followed by one or two
o f the easy texts mentioned on page 60 or by a modern play.
Open to all students.
22. Beading o f Nineteenth Century Prose and Poetry, Grammar, and Com
position. Professor Bronk and Dr. MacClintock.
Three hours a w eek throughout the year. Offered annually.
This course is designed to supplement and extend Course 21. Prose composition
and drill upon the essential principles of the grammar are continued; much attention
is given to idioms and synoynms ; the reading becomes more rapid ; and French is
made almost exclusively the language of the classroom. A survey is also taken of the
different literary movements which prevailed in France during the nineteenth century,
and o f their causes and effects.
A standard Prose Composition. Selected works of Balzac, Bazin, Claretie (Vol. V I,
Magill’s series), Coppée, Erckmann-Chatrian, France (Vol. I l l , Magill’s series), Hugo,
Maupassant, Zola, or others.
Prerequisite, Course 21.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
23. Seventeenth Century History and Literature.
87
Professor Bronk.
•Two
hours a week during the first semester and a part of the second. Offered annually.
This course is conducted mainly in French. Particular attention is given to the
social as well as to the literary tendencies o f the time, and the students present reports
upon pertinent topics, as well as abstracts of the works read, j
Lectures on the history and society o f the seventeenth century. Corneille, L e Gid
and H orace; Molière, Les Précieuses ridicules and L e Bourgeois Gentilhomme ; Racine,
Andromaque and Athalie; La Fontaine, Fables (ed. Hachette).
Prerequisite, Course 22.
24. Eighteenth Century Literature.
Professor Bronk.
Two hours a week during a part of the second semester. Offered annually.
This course is conducted in French. The history of the eighteenth century is
studied to some extent, and its literary characteristics are compared with those of the
seventeenth and nineteenth. Reading, reports, and abstracts.
Voltaire’ s Prose (extracts, edited by Cohn and W oodward) ; Beaumarchais, Le
Mariage de F igaro; selections from Buffon, Diderot, Montesquieu, Rousseau, etc.
Prerequisite, Course 23.
25. Advanced Prose Composition.
Dr. MacClintoek.
Two hours a week during the year. Offered annually.
This course is conducted mainly in French. The work is based upon selected texts,
and drill is also given in the writing of French themes and letters.
Prerequisite, Course 22.
26. Seventeenth Century Prose.
Dr. MacClintoek.
Two hours a week during one semester. Offered annually.
This course is conducted in French. Informal lectures are given and these are
accompanied by discussions of the works studied, by collateral reading, and by reports.
Selections from Descartes, Discours de la Méthode; from Pascal, L es Provinciales
and P en sées; from L a Rochefoucauld, Maximes; from Bossuet, Oraisons funèbres;
from Madame de Sévigné, L ettres; and from La Bruyère, L es Caractères.
Prerequisites, Courses 23, 24, and 25.
27. Modern French Comedy.
Dr. MacClintoek.
Two hours a week during one semester. Offered in 1917-18.
The masterpieces of about fifteen representative dramatists are studied, attention
being fixed particularly upon the different manners in which they reflect contemporary
life. A comparison is also made of their various styles. The work is in French.
28. Victor Hugo.
Professor Bronk.
One hour a w eek during one semester. Offered in 1917-18.
A study of his life and works, by means of selected readings, lectures, and refer
ence work. The course is given in French.
29. Lyric Poetry and Versification.
Professor Bronk.
One hour a week throughout the year. Offered in 1918-19.
. A study o f lyric poetry from Villon to the end of the nineteenth century. An ex
amination o f French vërse-structure from its origin to the present. The work is given
in French. Canfield’s Lyrics is used as & textbook and is supplemented by further
reading from the poets studied.
Prerequisite, Course 24.
30. Outline Course in French Literature.
Professor Bronk.
Two hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
This course is designed as a review and extension o f the courses in literature
already pursued. Much attention is devoted to the literary monuments of the Old
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
88
French period,, these being read as far as possible in Modern French translations.
The literature of the Renaissance is then taken up, after which consideration is ♦
given to the movements and tendencies o f later times, the different writers and their
works. The outside reading is both wide and varied. This course is conducted in
French, by means o f lectures, collateral reading, reports, and research work. Pellissi'er, Littérature française , is used as a handbook.
Open to advanced students who are able to speak and understand the French lan
guage. Credit for three hours is given.
31. History o f the Novel.
Professor Bronk.
N o t g i v e n s in c e 1913-14.
is here considered both in its origins and development and in its
Morillot’ s L e R o m a n e n F r a n c e d e p u is 1 6 1 0 ju s q u ’ à n o s j o u r s is
and about fifteen representative novels are read by the students
The course is conducted in French and on the seminary plan.
students with a fairly good command of French.
T w o hou/rs a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
The French novel
portraiture of life.
used as a textbook,
qutside of the class.
Open to advanced
32. Balzac.
Professor Bronk.
One hour a week during one semester. Offered in 1917-18.
A survey of the novel in France and a study of Balzac’ s representative works. In
French.
33. Voltaire and Jean-Jacques Rousseau.
Professor Bronk.
One hour a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
A more thorough study o f the lives and works of these two writers than can be
attempted in Course 24.
34. Practical Phonetics.
Dr. MaeClintock.
.
One hour a week throughout the year. Offered in 1918-19.
A study o f French pronunciation, ba^ed upon Matzke’ s A Primer of French P ro
nunciation. This course is especially designed for those preparing to teach French.
35. Elementary French Conversation.
Dr. MaeClintock.
One hour a week throughout the year.
36. Advanced French Conversation.
Dr. MaeClintock.
One hour a week throughout the year.
37. Elementary Spanish.
Offered in 1917-18.
Offered in 1917-18.
Miss Iribas.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
This course aims to give a knowledge of the essentials of Spanish grammar, the
ability to read ordinary Spanish with ease, and some practice in conversation.
Espinosa and Allen, E le m e n ta r y S p a n is h G r a m m a r ; Harrison, S p a n is h R e a d e r ;
Tamayo y Bans, L o P o s i t i v o ; Valdés, L a A lg e r ia d e l C a p itá n R ib o t.
The French Library is supplied with the treatises and books
of reference necessary to illustrate the courses given. It is en
riched annually by important additions.
Occasional public lectures are given by French scholars or
men and women o f note.
The' Cercle Français meets from time to time during the aca
demic year.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
89
German Language and Literature
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Clara Price Newport. Dr. Martin William Steinke is
Instructor.
The elementary courses of study in this department are de
signed primarily to equip the student with a working knowl
edge o f the German language as a key to the treasures of Ger
man science, philosophy, and literature, and the more advanced
courses are intended to impart a knowledge o f the development
o f German literature and to foster appreciation of its master
pieces.
In the classroom, translation into English is discontinued as
soon as possible and expressive reading o f the German text is
substituted, and German is made the classroom language as
early as possible. The idiomatic sentence and modern colloquial
language form the basis o f the work in composition. Reading
and translation at sight are cultivated. The attainment o f a
correct literary understanding and of genuine appreciation of
some of the best things in German literature is regarded as the
highest aim.
Other texts may at times be substituted for some of those
indicated.
The first semester’s work in Courses 41, 42, 43, and 49 will
not be accepted toward a degree unless followed by the work of
the second semester.
41. Elementary German.
Dr. Steinke.
Three hours a week throughout the yea/r. Offered annually.
Vos, Essentials of German ; Bacon, Torwarts; Betz, Deutscher H um or; Storm, Immen8ee; Elz, E r ist nicht eifersüchtig ; Baumbach, D er Schwiegersohn. Persistent
training in composition, conversation, and expressive reading.
42. Advanced German.
Professor Newport and Dr. Steinke.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
Review o f grammar, practice in composition, conversation, and expressive reading,
and, principally, reading o f some recent short stories, of a representative modern
play, of lyrics and ballads, and o f one of Schiller’s and one of Goethe’ s masterpieces.
Prerequisite, Course 41 or equivalent.
43. Lessing— Schiller.
Dr. Steinke.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
A survey of the lives and work o f these authors with special attention to Lessing’s
Minna von Barnhelm, Literaturbriefe, Emilia Galotti, and Nathan der Weise, and to
90
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Schiller’s poems, Kabale und Liebe, Bra/ut von Messina , selected prose writings, and
Wallenstein.
Prerequisite, Course 42 or equivalent.
44. Goethe.
Professor Newport.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered annually.
Goethe’ s W erke, Goldene Klassiker-Bibliothek. A careful study of Goethe’ s life and
works. Conducted in German.
Prerequisite, Course 43 or equivalent.
45. Middle High German.
Dr. Steinke.
Three hours a week, first semester. Offered in 1919-20.
Survey o f the origin and development o f German, and translation into modern Ger
man o f such Middle High German masterpieces as Nibelungenlied, D er arme Heinrich,
and Parzival.
Prerequisite, fluency in reading modern German.
46. Outline Course in German Literature.
Professor Newport.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered in 1918-19.
A general historical survey o f German literature.
Prerequisite, ability to read rapidly and accurately and to comprehend lectures in
German.
47. Teachers 9 Course.
Dr. Steinke.
Two hours a week, second semester. Offered in 1919-20.
Phonetics and the American teacher’s standard in German pronunciation and syn
tax. Advanced grammar, study of idioms and synonyms, and advanced composition.
Classroom German, textbooks and other teaching material, and methods of modern
language teaching.
48. Exhaustive Study o f Some Author.
Professor Newport.
Three hours a week, first semester. Offered in 1919-20.
Conducted in German and intended for students majoring in German.
49. Scientific German.
Professor Newport.
Three hours a week throughout the year. Offered an/nually..
- Wallentin, Grundzüge der Naturlehre ; Helmholz, Populäre V orträge; Wait, Ger
man Science Reader; Dippold, A Scientific German Reader. For students, majoring
in pure and applied science. This course prepares the student to read the new mate
rial along scientific lines which is continually coming out in German books and
periodicals.
Prerequisite, Course 42 or equivalent.
50. German Composition and Conversation.
Dr. Steinke.
Two hours a week, first semester. Offered in 1917-18.
The work consists first of composition based on a text, and later of letter and theme
writing. I t is supplemented by dictation, oral or written reproduction of short stories
read or told to the class, memorizing. of practical literary selections, and of reading
and discussion o f items in German newspapers.
Prerequisite, Course 42 or equivalent.
51. German Poetry in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Dr. Steinke.
Two hours a week, second semester. Offered in 1917-18.
This course is intended for the rapid reading of the best German lyrics and ballads
o f the period covered.
Prerequisite, Course 42 or equivalent.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
52. Recent German Literature.
91
Professor Newport.
One hour d week, second semester. Offered in 1917-18»
A rapid reading course in important modern authors.
Not open to students who have taken German courses beyond Course 44.
53. German Literature in the Eighteenth Century.
Dr. Steinke.
Two hours a week throughout the yea/r. Offered in 1918-19.
A careful study of the life, thought, art, and literature, and of the literary rela
tions of Germany to England and France, during this century. In the first semester
the work will center around the “ Storm and Stress Period” and in the second semester
around the “ Romantic Movement.”
54. The German Novel.
Professor Newport.
Three hours a week, second semester. Offered in 1917-18.
History and development of the German novel, with extensive reading and the
presentation o f theses and discussions.
Prerequisite, fluency in reading and speaking German.
55. The German Drama in the Nineteenth Century.
Professor Newport.
Three hours a week, first semester. Offered in 1917-18.
The development o f the drama in Germany since the plays of Goethe and Schiller,
with special attention to Kleist, Grillparzer, Hebbel, Ludwig, Anzengruber, Haupt
mann, and Sudermann.
Prerequisite, fluency in reading and speaking German.
56. German “ K ultur., ;
Professor Newport.
One hour a w eek throughout the year. Offered in 1917-18.
This course aims to give a clear conception of the economic, political, and intellectual
history o f Central Europe. The nineteenth century, as a period of rapid changes,
engages the main part o f the attention of the class. For this course a reading knowl
edge o f German is desirable, but not necessary.
A German club known as Deutscher Verein exists as a student
organization under guidance of the department, and meets
regularly for instructive and entertaining literary and musical
programs, for practice in conversation, and for social enjoy
ment.
Students who desire it are given an opportunity to carry on,
under direction, correspondence with students in Germany.
Facilities in Philadelphia and vicinity of especial value to
work in the department of German are as follow s: the general
and special libraries o f Swarthmore College, University of
Pennsylvania, Haverford, Bryn Mawr, Drexel Institute, Phila
delphia Public Library; Germanic collections of the museums
in Memorial Hall, Drexel Institute, University of Pennsylvania
Museum; services in German at several churches; several daily
and weekly newspapers; lectures at the German Society.
92
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Greek and Latin
The instruction in this department, for the year 1917-18, is
under the direction o f Assistant Professor Ethel Hampson Brew
ster. Henrietta Josephine Meeteer is Assistant Professor of
Greek and Oscar Rudolph Sandstrom is Instructor.
The aim of the department is primarily to create an apprecia
tion o f the masterpieces of Greek and Latin literature and to
trace their influence upon modem thought and letters; and at
tention is given to the political institutions of both Greece and
Rome and their survival in present times, to philosophy and
religion, to private and social life, and to art and architecture
as exemplified by existing remains in sculpture and painting
and in private and public buildings. Use is made of illustrative
material belonging to the College, and o f the collections in the
University Museum in Philadelphia. In connection with Courses
70 and 76 a visit is made each year to the Metropolitan Museum
o f New York.
Special attention is called to Courses 61 and 62 in Greek and
71 in Latin, which are provided for those who, previous to en
tering college, have not been able to complete the preparatory
work required for admission to the Freshman courses.
Students who enter College with four years o f Latin will elect
Course 72; those who enter with two or three years o f Greek
will elect Course 64.
The attention of all students is called to Course 69c in Greek
Literature in English, to Course 70 in the A rt of the Greeks,
to Course 73c in Roman Literature in English, and to Course
76 in the Topography and Monuments o f Ancient Rome; for
these courses a knowledge of Greek or Latin is not required.
A Teachers’ Course in Latin (78) is offered for Seniors who
expect to take positions as teachers of Latin and Greek in public
and preparatory schools. Those who elect this course must be
fore the end o f the Senior year have pursued at least Courses 72a,
72b, 73a, 73b, 73c, 75, and 76; the head of the department will
recommend as teachers of Latin only those who have completed
these courses satisfactorily. Such students are expected also to
take at least Course 61 in Greek.
A Freshman Scholarship Prise in Latin is awarded to the
93
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
student who passes the best competitive examination in the Latin
comprised in the average four years’ course in the high school;
this examination is open to the Freshman members of Course 72.
Students desiring detailed information concerning the courses
in Greek and Latin are invited to consult with the instructors.
GREEK
61. Beginners’ Course. Grammar; reading o f Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I.
Assistant Professor Meeteer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d anrvually.
This course is provided for those who have not had an opportunity of studying
elementary Greek in the preparatory school.
62. X e n o p h o n ,
Anabasis, B o o k s I I - I V , a n d se le cte d r e a d in g s.
A ssista n t
Professor Meeteer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
A continuation of Course 61.
second semester to Course 63.
63. Homer, Odyssey.
O ffe r e d a/nnuaUy.
Students who complete this course are admitted in the
Assistant Professor Meeteer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
The earlier hooks win he read entire and portions o f the later hooks.
64. (o ) Greek tragedy, ¿Esehylus, Eumenides; Sophocles, Philoetetes;
Euripides, Troades. Some time will be devoted to a study o f the
Greek theatre. Assistant Professor Meeteer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Students who enter college with at least two years of Greek elect this course. [The
following works will he read in 1918-19: Esehylus, P r o m e t h e u s ; Sophocles . A n t i g o n e ;
Euripides, A lc e s tis .]
64. (b ) Selected Dialogues o f Plato, including the Crito, Apology, and
Phcedo. Lectures on the doctrines o f the various schools o f Greek
philosophy. Assistant Professor Meeteer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d amnuaUy.
65. ($■) Historical Prose j selected books o f Herodotus and Thucydides,
some account o f the early Greek historians. Assistant Professor
Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
65. (b ) Theocritus and Bucolic Poetry.
Assistant Professor Meeteer.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
66.
(a) Demosthenes and the A ttic Orators.
(b ) Selections from the L yric Poets.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
66.
O ffe r e d in 1918-19.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
94
SWABTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
6 8 . Greek Prose Composition.
Assistant Professor Mleeteer.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
Jj The purpose of this course is to give facility in the writing of simple Greek prose.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
69. (a ) M odem Greek; current periodicals.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a s r e q u ir e d .
Elective for students who have spent three or more years in the study of classical
Greek.
69. (6 ) The New Testament.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a s r e q u ir e d .
The peculiarities o i Hellenistic Greek will be pointed out. The class will read from
a “ harmony” of the gospels, and will study selections from the epistles descriptive of
the primitive church.
69. (c ) Greek Literature in English.
Assistant Professor Meeteer.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g t h e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study, through the medium o f translations, of the rise and development of Greek
literature in its various forms— the epic, the lyric, the drama, history, philosophy,
pastoral poetry, etc. No knowledge o f Greek is required. The course is designed to
be of suggestive value, especially to advanced students in the modern languages and
literatures.
70. The A rt o f the Greeks.
Assistant Professor Meeteer.
O ffe r e d in 1918-19.
A course o f lectures giving an introduction to the various departments of Greek art,
especially architecture, sculpture, and painting; the purpose o f the course, in part, is
to give some preparation for future visits to the great museum collections of Europe
and America. A knowledge of Greek is not required. Open to all students except
Freshmen. This course is given in alternate years only.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
LATIN
71. Preparatory Latin.
Mr. Sandstrom.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
This course is arranged for those who enter college with either two or three years
only o f preparatory Latin, and who therefore cannot at once enter the regular Fresh
man course. Selections from Cicero, Virgil, and Ovid will be read, as the needs of
the class require. Students who desire to take this course are requested to consult
with the instructor in charge as early as possible.
72. (a) Livy, Book I, and selections from Books I I - X ; exercises in Latin
writing. Assistant Professor Brewster.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
See note under Course 72 h.
72. (&) Plautus, Menaechmi; Cicero, Essay On Friendship ; miscellaneous
selections. Assistant Professor Brewster.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Courses 72 a and 72 & form the regular Freshman elective.
73. (a ) Horace, Odes and Epodes; studies in the private and social life o f
the Komans. Assistant Professor Brewster.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
See note under Course 73 c .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
73. (&) The Letters o f Pliny the Younger.
95
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
See note under Course 73 c.
73. (o) Roman Literature in English. Lectures and collateral reading.
Elective fo r Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors. Assistant Pro
fessor Brewster.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u n n g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
For this course a knowledge o f Latin is not required.
Courses 73 a, 73 b , and 73 c , form the regular Sophomore elective.
75. Latin Prose Composition.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Opportunity is afforded in this course for constant practice in writing and speaking
Latin. Attention will be given also to the refinements of Latin style.
76. Topography and Monuments o f Ancient Rome.
Brewster.
Assistant Professor
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
Lectures illustrated with the stereopticon and assigned readings. The different de
partments of Roman art will be treated briefly, both independently and in their rela
tion to Greek and to modern a rt; in particular the appearance o f the ancient city will
be discussed and the extant monuments described. No knowledge of Latin is required
for this course; it is hoped it will prove o f interest to those who expect some time to
visit Rome. Open to all students except Freshmen. This course is given in alternate
years only.
77. (a ) Martial and Petronius.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
77. (b ) Tacitus, Germania and Agricola .
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
77. ( c ) The Letters o f Cicero.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
78. Teachers’ Course.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
77. (d) Roman Satire.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
Assistant Profressor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e yea/r.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Lectures and reports upon the text of Caesar, Cicero, Virgil, and other Latin authors
commonly read in the preparatory schools. For admission to the course see the intro
ductory announcement above (p. 92 ).
79. Latin Sight Reading.
Mr. Sandstrom.
O ffe r e d annAially.
The work of this course is almost exclusively confined to the classroom and requires
no outside preparation except for an occasional report upon the life and works of the
author studied. Selections from the Latin dramatists and from a variety of prose
and verse writers will be read in 1917-18. Sight reading tends to make the student
rely upon his own memory and ingenuity rather than upon lexicon and grammar,
thereby making the study more natural and less difficult.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t t h e y e a r , o n e h o u r c r e d it.
96
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
90. The History o f Greece. Mr. Sandstrom.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d i n 1917*18.
The history o f Greece, from the earliest times to the death of Alexander the Great.
The course aims to give, through lectures, collateral reading, and reports, a history of
Greek civilization. Much attention is paid to art, literature, religion, private life, etc.
91. The History o f Rome.
Mr. Sandstrom.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
The history o f Rome, from the earliest times to the beginning of the Barbaric
Invasions, supplemented by Munro’s S o u r c e B o o k o f R o m a n H i s t o r y and by selected
passages from Roman historians.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
Public Speaking
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Paul M. Pearson. Philip M. Hicks is Assistant Pro
fessor, and Elizabeth B. Oliver is Instructor.
The work in this department falls along two lines. The aim
is primarily to develop and train the voice to be an efficient in
strument in self expression and the interpretation of literature.
The department also endeavors to give thorough training in
the principles and practice of effective public speaking; to de
velop poise, confidence, and the clearness o f thought and utter
ance, indispensable to the man whose success depends upon his
ability to deal with his fellow men, whether his field o f activity
be professional, technical, or in the business world.
In line with the belief that frequent practice in speaking is the
requisite for successful results, the work in practical public
speaking has been arranged in one hour courses to meet the needs
o f students who desire to carry work in the department through
out the college course.
81. Declamation.
Oliver.
Professor Pearson, Assistant Professor Hicks, and Miss
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
The aim o f this course is to acquire purity, flexibility, and strength of voice, and
an easy, natural manner in reading the different forms of literature. Students are
required to commit selected passages, which they recite before the class. Cummock,
C h o ic e R e a d in g s . The classes are organized in small sections, so that the students may
have the personal criticism o f the instructor. Frequent conferences with students are
given.
82. Advanced Declamation.
Professor Pearson.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
The aim o f the course is to complete studies not fully developed in other courses of
the department, and to give special training in story telling and in interpreting the
modern drama. Prerequisite, Oourses 81 and 84 or 86.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
83. Teachers’ Course in Public Speaking and Reading.
97
Professor Pearson.
O ffe r e d in 1918-19.The aim qf this course is to teach students how to become teachers of reading.
Among the fundamental topics taken up are: Articulation, Pronunciation, and Voice
Control, Methods of Teaching Reading, Observation, and practice teaching.
84. Interpretation.
Professor Pearson.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
The purpose o f the course is to acquire the best possible expression of the literature
studied. After learning the spirit o f the author and of big time, an attempt is made
to give his writing such expression as will reveal the thought and emotion for which
the words are but signs. The course covers the field of American literature, one
writer being studied each week. Vincent, A m e r ic a n L it e r a t u r e M a s te r s . Prerequisite,
Course 81.
85. Special Declamation.
Miss Oliver.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Students meet the.instructor for private lessons at hours agreed upon. Each student
taking the course is required to give public recitals during the year. Course open only
to those who major in Public Speaking.
8 6 . Shakespeare.
Professor Pearson.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t t h e y e a r .
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
Several plays o f Shakespeare are read during the year; assigned passages are com
mitted and recited. Prerequisite, Course 81.
87. History o f Oratory.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u r in g
i n 1918-19.
Assistant Professor Hicks.
th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d e v e r y
o th e r y e a r .
O ffered,
A survey of the development and practice o f the art o f Public Speaking, including
the lives o f the great masters of oratory, presented in lectures by the instructor and
supplemented by research by the students.
88 . Extempore Speaking.
Assistant Professor Hicks.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d an n u a lly .
This course affords weekly practice in informal speaking. Special emphasis is laid
upon speech structure and in outlining and criticizing representative speeches. This
course is a prerequisite for Courses 89, 90, and 91.
E x te m p o r a n e o u s S p e a k in g .
Pearson and Hicks.
89. Debate.
Assistant Professor Hicks.
O n e h o u r a w e e k t h r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Fosters, A r g u m e n ta tio n a n d D e b a tin g , furnishes the ground work for the course, and
the work takes the form o f discussions o f questions o f current interest. During a part
of the year a thorough drill is given in parliamentary law, the classes being conducted
as public meetings presided over by the students in turn.
90. Psychology o f Public Speaking.
Assistant Professor Hicks.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d an n u a lly .
This course aims to familiarize the students with the employment of the various
methods o f persuasion in speaking. Scott, P s y c h o lo g y o f P u b lic S p e a k in g . Among the
tdpics treated are mental imagery, suggestion, the emotions, the crowd, and memory;
weekly practice in speaking is continued.
7
98
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
91. Oratory.
Assistant Professor Hicks.
O n e h o u r a, w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study o f the requirements of the more formal types of modern oratory based upon
a critical examination o f the best models of deliberative, legal, pulpit, and platform
oratory. Classroom speeches of a more formal nature are required, but the student
is at liberty to follow whatever type seems most desirable. Ringwalt, M o d e r n A m e r ic a n
O r a to r y .
92. Advanced Oratory.
.
Professor Pearson.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A seminary course for advanced students. Speeches are prepared under the per
sonal supervision of the head of the department for delivery at occasions outside of
the college curriculum.
Public Speaking Contests and Prizes
The various public speaking contests are under the direction
of the College Debate Board, which consists of three members of
the Faculty, and five students, elected annually. The public
speaking events are designed to bring out the ability of the stu
dents and to encourage college spirit. Besides having the honor
of representing the College in a number of important inter
collegiate events, the students compete for prizes in the various
contests.
An annual oratorical contest, open to all students, is held in
February. The student winning first place represents the Col
lege in the Pennsylvania Oratorical Union contest, in which
Lafayette, Lehigh, Ursinus, Muhlenberg, and Franklin and
Marshall are competitors.
Pennsylvania Debating League. Through the initiative of
Swarthmore College, a debating league was organized in 1903
between Swarthmore, Franklin and Marshall, Dickinson, and
State Colleges. The plan of the intercollegiate debate is that of
the round-robin.- Each college prepares two teams, one on the
affirmative and one on the negative of the question, which is de
bated. A t Swarthmore there is a trial debate among the stu
dents to determine the teams for this debate. A ll debates are
held the first Friday in March. The negative teams remain at
home, and the affirmative teams go to the college fixed on the
schedule.
The President’s Prize is contested in debate by representatives
of the Sophomore and Freshman Classes. The student presenting
the best debate is awarded a gold medal offered by the President
o f the College.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
99
The Delta Upsilon Prize of $25 is competed for in the college
oratorical contest. The sum of $500 has been given to the Col
lege by Owen Moon, Jr., Class of 1894, the interest from which
is to be used for this purpose.
The Ella Frances Bunting Prize in Extemporaneous Speak
ing. B y a gift of $1,000, E. M. Bunting, of New York, makes
permanent the prizes that have hitherto been provided annually
for this purpose. Two prizes of $25 each are offered, one con
tested for by the young men and one by the young women.
Declamation Contest for the V m . W . Cocks prizes of $50.
Contestants for these prizes must have completed two courses in
Public Speaking and one in English; the six students having
the highest marks in these courses are chosen to compete.
Potter Prize Speaking. Three cash prizes, $12, $8, and $5.
Competition open to all students o f the College. Twenty-four
hours before the time announced for the contest the question for
debate is announced, and the contestants are required to draw for
sides. Each speaker is required to make a brief opening speech,
and a second longer speech in answer to the arguments presented
by his opponents. The prizes are given by Justice W . P. Potter
o f the Supreme Court of Pennsylvania.
The Swarthmore Chapter of Delta Sigma Bho, the national
society for the promotion of sincere and effective public speak
ing, chooses its members each spring from the Junior Class.
The Phi Kappa Psi Prizes in oratory are open to competition
among preparatory schools. The contest is held at the College
annually.
H istory and International Relations
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor William I. Hull. Oscar Rudolph Sandstrom, In
structor in Greek and Latin, conducts Course 90. W alter W il
liam Maule and Clarence Paul Nay are Departmental Assistants.
100
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
The courses are conducted by means of classroom lectures and
library work, which are coordinated by the students in written
outlines and reports. The purpose o f the department is to afford
training in the discriminating use o f historical materials; to
cultivate the historical habit of m ind; and to develop a knowledge
o f European, English, and United States history, as a whole, to
gether with a more detailed knowledge of certain great epochs,
institutions, and personages in the history o f western civilization.
International relations are emphasized throughout all the
courses in history, and five courses are devoted to a study of the
development of international relations and the laws governing
them, particularly as illustrated in the work of the two Hague
Conferences.
90. The History o f Greece.
Mr. Sandstrom.
O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
The history of Greece, from the earliest times to the death of Alexander the Great,
is supplemented by Fling’ s S o u r c e B o o k o f G r e e k H i s t o r y , and by other carefully
selected illustrative source material.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
91. The History o f Borne.
Assistant Professor Brewster.
O ffe r e d i n 1916-17.
The history o f Rome, from the earliest times to the beginning of the Barbarian
Invasions, is supplemented by Monro’s S o u r c e B o o k o f R o m a n H is t o r y and by selected
passages from Roman historians.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
94. ( a) The History o f England (to 1603).
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
England to the end o f the Tudor Period, with a detailed biographical study of
Alfred, Henry II, and Queen Elizabeth.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
94. (b ) The History o f England (from 1603).
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1916-17’
England from the beginning of the Stuart Period, with a detailed biographical study
of Cromwell, Chatham, Pitt, and Gladstone.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
95. (a) The History o f the United States (to 1783).
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1915-16.
The United States to the end of the Revolution, with a detailed biographical study
o f Franklin and Washington.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
95. (b ) The History o f the United States (from 1783).
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1916-17.
The United States from the beginning of the Critical Period, with a detailed bio
graphical study of Washington, Clay, and Lincoln.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
95. ( c ) The Diplomatic History o f the United States.
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
A history of the diplomatic problems in which the United States has been involved,
in its relations with the Old World, and o f the means by which these problems have
been solved.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
101
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
96. (a) Modern International Relations (E urope).
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The historic background o f the Great War, together with its causes and the terms
of peace which are proposed fdr the solution of Europe's diplomatic problems and for
the prevention of war in the future.
T h r e e h o u r s a w eelc th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
96. (b ) Modern International Relations (Am erica).
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1916-17.
A history of the relations between the United States and the Latin-American Repub
lics, with a special study of the problem of the Monroe Doctrine and its proposed
solutions.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
97. (a) International Law (The Law o f Peace).
a
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The essentials of the international law o f peace, with a careful study of the con
structive programme of the two Hague Conferences.
T h ree h ou rs
w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
97. (b ) International Law (The Law o f War and Neutrality).
Hull.
Professor
T w o h o u r s a w e e k t h r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d in 1916-17.
The essentials o f the international law o f war and neutrality, particularly as ex
emplified in the two Hague Conferences and in the warfare o f the Twentieth Century.
98. Teachers * Course.
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
This course is designed for senior majors in the Department of History, and is
intended to give the theory and practice o f aids, methods, and aims in the teaching
of history.
O n e o r tw o h o u r s * c r e d it f o r e a c h s e m e s te r .
The work in this department may be greatly aided by the
books and other collections in the following Philadelphia libraries
and museums: The Pennsylvania Historical Society, Locust and
Thirteenth Streets, which possesses an admirable collection of
material relating to Pennsylvania and American Colonial His
tory; the University of Pennsylvania’s Library and Archaeo
logical Museum, Thirty-fourth and Spruce Streets, which are
especially rich in materials relating to m odem and classical Euro
pean History. The department itself is building up as rapidly
as possible a collection o f books and documents relating to inter
national law and diplomacy.
Political Science
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Robert C. Brooks.
The fundamental aim of the courses offered in political science
is to prepare students for intelligent and effective citizenship.
102
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
To this end an effort is made to interpret the political life and
movements of our time in city, state, and nation. Particular
attention is given to criticisms of existing institutions and pro
posals for their reform. Governments and parties in the lead
ing foreign nations o f the world are considered not only because
o f their intrinsic importance, hut also for the valuable sugges
tions they may yield for the solution o f our American problems.
Though the courses in political science are primarily to pro
duce intelligent and effective citizenship, they should also prove
more immediately helpful to those who intend to enter politics,
law, public service, journalism, business, or the teaching o f civics.
Students who expect to devote themselves to advanced study and
research in political science should he able to lay the founda
tions for such work in the undergraduate courses offered by this
department.
Unsupported by collateral study in economics and history much
of the significance of political science will be lost. Psychology,
philosophy, and pedagogy are also valuable aids. A reading
knowledge of German or French should be acquired as soon as
possible by students of political science, and both o f these are
essential for graduate study in this field. Training in English
and public speaking are highly desirable.
Changes in advanced courses to be made from year to year
will enable students to take more work in political science than
is here scheduled.
101. American Political Parties and Party Problems.
Professor Brooks.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
• A study of the growth, organization, aims, and methods of political parties in the
United States, with particular reference to the primary and convention system, financ
ing o f parties, and the charges of corruption in American politics and life.
Open to all students except Freshmen.
102. American Federal Government.
Professor Brooks.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study o f the present structure and functions of the Federal Government of the
United States. Designed as a continuation o f Course 101.
Open to all students except Freshmen.
103. Government and Parties in England and Continental Europe.
fessor Brooks.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k t h r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
P ro
O ffe r e d an n u a lly .
An outline study of the framework of government and the organization, methods,
and aims o f the leadings political parties o f England, France, Switzerland, and Ger
103
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
many. Particular attention is given to, the constitutional documents of the countries
studied and to the more accessible sources of official information regarding them.
Wherever possible, comparisons are drawn between the political institutions and prob
lems of the countries studied and those of the United States.
Open to all students.
104. Municipal Government in England and Coptinental Europe.
Professor
Brooks.
T w o h o u rs a w e e k d u r in g first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d an n u a lly .
A study of municipal government in England, Prance, and Germany, with the p a r
ticular purpose of discovering suggestions for the improvement of city government in
the United States. Special financial and social problems of city life, such as municipal
ownership, taxation of unearned increment, the drift of population to urban centers,
the housing problem, sanitation, and provision of facilities for recreation are also
discussed.
Prerequisite, Courses 101, 102, or 103, or the equivalent of one of these.
105. Municipal Government in the United States.
Professor Brooks.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A somewhat detailed study of municipal organization and functions in the United
States. Particular attention will be given to the city of Philadelphia. Reform propo
sals, such as the commission plan, the city manager plan, short ballot, and the work
of bureaus o f municipal research will be discussed.
Prerequisite, Courses 101, 102, or 103, or the equivalent of one of these.
106. American State Government and Experimental Legislation.
Professor
Brooks.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study o f the organization and functions o f state government in the United States,
with particular reference to Pennsylvania. The legislative branch will be given spe
cial attention in this course for the present, and a large part of the work of the class
will consist in .experimental legislation, i. e ., the drafting, discussion, and voting of
bills upon topics -of current interest.
Prerequisite, Courses 101, 102, or 103, or the equivalent of one of these.
107. History o f Political Ideas.
Professor Brooks.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
A study of the development of political thought. The first part of the course is
devoted to a series of lectures on Oriental, Greek, Roman, and mediaeval political
ideas, students being assigned collateral reading in Plato, Aristotle, Polybius, St.
Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Dante, and others. Political philosophers of later date
are studied principally from their writings, particular attention being given to
Machiavelli, Bodin, Hobbes, Locke, Montesquieu, Rousseau, Burke, Bentham, Mill,
Maine, and Seeley.
Open only to Juniors and Seniors.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
109. Political Literature o f the War.
Professor Brooks.
O ffe r e d in 1918-19.
A study o f the more important current state papers, books, and periodical articles
dealing with the political issues involved in the war and with their probable future
adjustment. Particular attention is given to the ideals of democracy as contrasted
with the motives o f the autocracy now contending for world supremacy.
Open only to Juniors and Seniors.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
104
SWABTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Econom ics
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Louis N. Robinson. Caroline Hadley Robinson is
Assistant.
Good citizenship implies intelligent citizenship. The broadest
purpose of college instruction in Economics is to contribute to
the former by the cultivation of the latter. From this point of
view the study of Economics should appeal to all students. In
a narrower way, work in Economies should prove useful to those
who intend to devote themselves to law, business, journalism,
philanthroopy, or the public service. Finally, for those who wish
to prepare for investigation or teaching in this field, college in
struction, with its closer personal relation between student and
teacher, should provide suitable preparation for graduate study
and research in larger institutions.
Collateral work in Political Science, History, German, and
French is strongly recommended for all who intend to devote
much time to Economics. A knowledge o f general biological
theory, of psychology, and o f philosophy would add greatly to
the value o f work done in this department.
No credit will be given in courses which run throughout the
year, unless the work of the entire year is taken.
The advanced courses will be changed from year to year, thus
enabling students to take more work in the department than is
here scheduled.
111. Principles o f Economics.
Bobinson.
Professor Bobinson and Caroline Hadley
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
The
ciples
public
trusts,
Not
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
first part o f this course consists o f a study o f the fundamental laws and prin
of economics; the second part deals with the application of these laws to the
questions of the day, such as those connected with the tariff, taxation, currency,
trade unions, strikes, socialism, and the railroads.
open to Freshmen.
112. Money, Credit, and Banking.
Professor Bobinson.
O ffe r e d i n 1917*18.
The work o f this course will be divided into three parts: (a ) a study of the prin
ciples o f money, credit, and banking; (b ) a study of the exemplification of those
principles in the monetary and banking history o f certain countries; (c ) a study of
present-day currency and banking problems in the United States. As a supplement
to the classroom work, visits will be made to the mint and to banking institutions in
Philadelphia.
Prerequisite, Course 111- or its equivalent.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSÉS OP INSTRUCTION
113. Public Finance.
105
Professor Kobinson.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The subject-matter of this course will be the nature o f governmental wants, public
expenditures, budgets, and budgetary legislation, the development of tax systems, the
different kinds of taxes, the theory of incidence, the problem of equity, practical ideals
for a tax system in the United States, and the theory and extent of public debts.
Prerequisite, Course 111 or its equivalent.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d/u/ring th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
114. Organization, Management, and Problems o f Business.
inson.
Professor Rob
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A discussion of the main features of agriculture, manufacturing, and transporta
tion, and the relation of each to the government. The historical development, the
changes in structure, the organizing, the financing, the management, the economic and
the social problems are considered in detail.
Open to all students.
115. Criminology.
Professor Robinson.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d/wring th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Three general subjects are treated in this course. The first has to do with the
theory and data of criminality. The second subject deals with criminal law and crimi
nal procedure. The third relates to penology. Visits are made to the various penal
and reformatory institutions in Philadelphia and vicinity.
Open to all students.
116. Modern Philanthropy.
Professor Robinson.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
The large public questions involved in the relief of the indigent and in the care of
the insane, the feeble-minded, and other dependents. Visits are made to representa
tive institutions in Philadelphia and vicinity.
Open to all students.
117. Resources and Industries.
Professor Robinson.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
This course consists of a study of the mineral, water, forest, and land resources of
the United States with special emphasis on their conservation. Following this the
principal agricultural and manufacturing industries o f the United States will be
studied and discussed. Attention will also be given to the main continental and
oceanic routes of travel.
Open to all students.
118. The Development o f Economic Theory.
Professor Robinson.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
The evolution o f economic thought from the writings of the mercantilists and
physiocrats down to the present day. Especial attention will be given to the various
schools of thought and to their influence in shaping public policy.
Prerequisite, Course 111 or its equivalent.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
119. The Labor Problem.
Professor Robinson.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
A study o f the history, activities, and structure of labor organizations, and the in
fluence of economic and political theories upon them.
Prerequisite, Course 111 or its equivalent.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d/u/ring th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
106
sw arthm ore
college
b u l l e t in
Law
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Howard Cooper Johnson, Lecturer in Law.
The courses in law are designed to give to the student an in
sight into legal reasoning and a general knowledge of the funda
mental legal relations which govern our society. It is expected
that these courses will serve as a helpful introduction to pro
fessional study for those who aim to prepare themselves for the
life of the law yer; that those students who desire to equip them
selves fo r active business life, will be aided by an intelligent
study of the principles which lie at the basis of commercial life;
and that all will find in the systematic study o f the science of
the law a broadening influence that will tend to general culture.
126. Contracts.
Mr. Johnson.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
This course is based on Sullivan’s B u s in e s s L a w , and is designed to give the stu
dent a working knowledge of the law o f contracts and negotiable instruments. Class
room discussion o f cases illustrating the principles underlying the law covering these
topics is the chief work, but special consideration will be given to new laws, state or
national, of vital interest.
128. Law o f Association.
Mt . Johnson.
O ffe r e d in 1918-19.
A general survey o f the law o f Pennsylvania corporations and the principles of
partnerships and agency will he covered by classroom discussion and reading in Sulli
van’s B u s in e s s L a w . . The principles o f business organization and management and
issuance of securities by and the financial plans of corporations will receive attention.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
130. D ecedents Estates.
Mr. Johnson.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The ground here covered will include a study o f the Intestate Law, the making and
interpretation o f wills and the practical duties incident to the position of executor,
administrator, trustee, or guardian.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
H istory of Religion and Philosophy
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Jesse H. Holmes.
Thè object o f the courses is to give the student an introduction
to the principal religious and philosophical systems of the world,
together with a study more in detail o f a few o f them. The
courses offered as electives cover three years. A ll students are
required to take a course of three hours in the study of the Bible.
The work will be varied by lectures, recitations, and prepara-
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
107
tion of special themes. Several hundreds of lantern slides illus
trating various phases o f the subject-matter are available, as are
also charts, maps, pictures, and a carefully selected library.
131. Bible Study.
Professor Holmes.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k i n fir s t s e m e s te r , o n e h o u r a w e e k i n s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d
a n n u a lly.
Intended to give such general knowledge of the Bible, its origin, contents, and
qualities as literature, as should be possessed by all intelligent people. The work of
the student will consist largely of indicated readings in the Old and New Testaments.
Kent, H is to r ic a l B ib le , will be used as a supplementary textbook.
The class work will include lectures, recitations, study o f maps, pictures, etc.
132. History o f Religion.
Professor Holmes.
T w o hours a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A brief study o f the principal religious systems of the world. Menzies, H is t o r y o f
R e lig io n , is followed as ’textbook, but a large part o f the work of the course is carried
on in the library.
,
133. The Religion o f the Hebrews.
Professor Holmes.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study of the Hebrew people, their social and religious customs, their prophets
and their literature. It is based upon the study of the books of the Old Testament,
Kent, H is to r ic a l B ib le , being also used. In the early part o f the course attention is
given to the origin of the Semites and their early movements, Babylonia, Assyria, and
other allied topics. .
Open to students who have completed Course 131, and to others who, in- the judg
ment of the instructor, can profitably carry on the work o f the class.
134. L ife and Times o f Jesus.
Professor Holmes.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study o f the social, political, and religious conditions prevailing at the beginning
of the Christian era, followed by the life, work, and teachings of Jesus, and the
Apostolic age of the Christian Church. Stevens and Burton, H a r m o n y o f th e G o sp els,
the A c t s o f th e A p o s tle s , and the other books o f the New Testament, together with
Pfleiderer, C hristian. O r ig in s , are made the basis of the work.
Open to students who have completed Course 131, and to others who, in the judg
ment of the instructor, can profitably carry on the work of the class. Courses 133 and
134 may be substituted for the required course in Bible Study (131) by Juniors and
Seniors.
135. History o f Christianity.
Professor Holmes.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study o f the principal events In the history of the Christian church, and espe
cially in the development o f Christian doctrines. Some attention will be given to the
history o f various Christian sects. Allen, C o n tin u ity o f C h ristia n T h o u g h t, Pfleiderer,
D e v e lo p m e n t o f C h r is tia n ity , have been used as textbooks.
Open to students who have completed Course 131, and to others who, in the judg
ment of the instructor, can profitably carry on the work o f the class.
136. Ethics;
Professor Holmes.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k , s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
An introduction to the various types o f ethical theory, with discussion of some ap
plications of ethical principles. Drake, P r o b le m s o f jC o n d u c t, has been used as a text
book.
108
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
137. History o f Philosophy.
Professor Holmes.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r . O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
After a brief introductory glance at the early Greek philosophies, especial attention
is given to Socrates and to the systems o f Plato and Aristotle. Some time is devoted
to the development of philosophical systems in the period centering about the beginning
o f the Christian era; the growth, culmination, and decline of scholasticism, are studied,
and the appearance of the modern critical spirit. In the second semester the work is
directed to the modern systems beginning with Descartes. Especial attention is given
to the philosophy of evolution. Thilly, H i s t o r y o f P h ilo s o p h y , is used as a textbook.
Open to Juniors and Seniors.
138. Introduction to Philosophy.
Professor Holmes.
O n e h o u r a w e e k in s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Lectures and recitations on the theory o f knowledge, fundamental ideas, the meaning
o f natural law, the theory of evolution in the inorganic and in the organic world.
Bussell, F ir s t C o u r s e i n P h ilo s o p h y has been used as a textbook.
Some of the greatest archæological collections of the world are
near enough to he made use o f by Swarthmore students, and
visits to muséums, exhibitions, etc., are frequently possible.
Especially to be noted is the Archæological Museum of the Uni
versity o f Pennsylvania, with its remarkable collections illus
trating the civilizations of Babylonia, Assyria, and E gypt; its
display o f amulets, charms, etc., from many parts of the world;
its Buddhist Temple showing the externals of worship among
the people o f India, and collections o f similar materials from
among the American Indians, the Esquimaux, and many other
peoples.
A Museum of Religions has been started at Swarthmore, which
has already a valuable collection of religious curios from China,
Japan, India, and elsewhere. Additions to this collection will be
welcomed.
Mention should he also made of the great libraries of Phila
delphia, and of the lecture courses, often by the great scholars
o f the world, at Drexel, Franklin, and Wagner Institutes, and
at the University of Pennsylvania, in addition to those offered
at Swarthmore. The most famous preachers, statesmen, and
orators are frequently to bé heard in Philadelphia, and the
opportunities thus afforded are brought to the attention of stu
dents.
P sych ology and Education
Owing to the resignation of Professor Bird T. Baldwin shortly
before the opening o f the present school year, the work o f this
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
109
department is temporarily cared for by Professor Jesse H.
Holmes, Sturgiss B. Davis, Professor of Education, Ursinus Col
lege, and Charles H. Fisher, Professor o f Education, State
Normal School, West Chester, Pa.
T E A C H E R S ’ A P P O IN T M E N T COM M ITTEE
A Teachers’ Appointment Committee, of which Dean Alexan
der is the Chairman, was instituted in 1912. The duty of this
committee is to assist the graduates of the College in their effort
to secure satisfactory teaching positions. This assistance is to be
rendered not only to members of each year’s graduating class, but
also to earlier graduates who have been teaching meanwhile, and
having acquired experience, desire more responsible positions
than the ones they now have.
T H E STATE COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
Students graduating from College and completing the re
quired number of courses in Psychology and Education, includ
ing the required observation and teaching, will be recommended
by the department for the State College Certificate, which carries
exemption from all examinations for .positions in the public
schools of Pennsylvania, and becomes permanent after three
years of teaching. This certificate is accepted by a number of
other states.
COURSE OF STUDY
No course in this department should' be taken before the
Sophomore year. The courses designed for the Sophomore year
are Ethics (136), and General Psychology (139) ; for the Junior
year, History of Education (144) ; for the Senior year, Prin
ciples and Methods of Secondary Education (142), Directed Ob
servation and Teaching (146), and Educational Measurements
(147).
COURSES OF IN STRU CTION
136. Ethics— Theory, Practice, and Teaching.
Professor Holmes.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
This course aims to present the principal theories as to the basis of right and wrong,
to discuss practical questions such as comes before men and women in business and
social life, and in citizenship. The latter part of the year will be devoted to a con
sideration o f methods o f developing morals in schools, uses and abuses of self-govern
ment, the work of the church and the Sunday schools, boys’ and girls’ clubs, and
110
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
other institutions which affect ideals and conduct. Opportunity will he given for ob
servation o f such institutions, and in case o f those taking the teachers’ course, for
practice teaching when possible.
Open to all students.
139. General Psychology.
Professor Holmes.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
This course aims to introduce the student to the science of psychology through
modern experimental methods together with lectures, demonstrations, and clinical ob
servations. It also aims to lay the foundations for more advanced work in psychology
and courses in other departments that demand a knowledge of the fundamental prin
ciples o f mental activity. Texts, Pillsbury, Langfeld.
142. Principles and Methods o f Secondary Education.
Professor Fisher.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
A study o f the secondary school in the light of the meaning and the aims of modern
education. The purpose and the value of the subjects of the curriculum will be dis
cussed from the standpoint o f social and individual needs. Some attention will be
given to the organization, purposes, and principles underlying the Junior High School.
A definite study of methods of instruction will be made. The study of methods will be
correlated with school observation and the practical work in teaching. The work wiH
be carried on by means of assigned readings, discussions, and reports.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
144. History o f Education.
Professor Davis.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The aim o f this course is to show the origin and development of the more common
school practices o f the present. Stress is laid upon the modern tendencies and recent
achievements in the United States. The educational classics from the time of Rousseau
are read and discussed in class. The course is both cultural and professional.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
146. Directed Observation arid Teaching.
Professor Fisher.
O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
The observation of school work comes in the first semester and the teaching in the
second semester. Students will observe in all grades, elementary and secondary, of
the public school system o f Swarthmore, in order to get a general survey of the whole.
Toward the end o f the first semester students will concentrate their observation on the
subject or subjects which they expect to teach. The teaching will be done in secondary
schools in the vicinity of the college. The work will be carried on by means of indi
vidual and group conferences.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
147. Educational Measurements.
Professor Davis.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The course opens with a study of such statistical methods as teachers need in
measuring school achievements. This is followed by a consideration of the more widely
used standard tests and scales and their actual use in nearby school systems. Each
student is expected to make a special study with one of the standard scales and
report in class the results in actual school work.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
teachers’
cou rses
g iv e n
by
other
departm ents
78. Teachers’ Course in Latin. Assistant Professor Brewster.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k t h r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Lectures and reports upon the text o f Ciesar, Cicero, Virgil, and other Latin authors
commonly read in preparatory schools.
Observation and practice teaching.
Prerequisites, Latin 72a, 72b, 73a, 73b, 75, 76; two courses in Education or Psy
chology for those who wish credit in Education.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OE INSTRUCTION
83. Teachers’ Course in Public Speaking and Reading.
111
Professor Pearson.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
The aim of this course is to teach students how to become teachers of reading.
Among the fundamental topics taken up are: Articulation, Pronunciation, and Voice
Control, Methods of Teaching Reading.
Observation and practice teaching.
Prerequisite, Public Speaking 81, and two courses in Education or Psychology for
those who wish credit in Education.
98. Teachers ’ Course in History.
Professor Hull.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
This course is designed for Senior majors in the Department of History, and is
intended to give the theory and practice o f aids, methods, and aims in the teaching of
history.
O n e o r tw o h o u r s * c r e d it f o r e a c h s e m e s te r .
270. Teachers 1 Course in Mathematics.
O n e h o u r a w e e k , d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The aim o f this course is: (a ) To study the fundamental assumptions of Geometry
and Algebra; (b ) To study the more elementary parts o f the History of Mathematics;
(c ) to discuss methods of presentation; to consider the sequence of subjects; to review
modern elementary texts.
Prerequisites, Courses 251, 252, and 254.
A FORTHCOMING ANNOUNCEMENT
Shortly after the appointment of the professor who is to take
charge of the work of this department, there will he printed an
announcement giving in detail the courses to be olfered by the
department. This announcement will probably appear before the
end o f the present school year.
Art
The instruction in this subject is under the direction of Mary
North Chenoweth. Assistant Professor Meeteer and Assistant
Professor Brewster of the Department of Greek and Latin con
duct Courses 70 and 76.
The aim of the courses offered is to study the historical de
velopment o f architecture, sculpture, painting, and the allied
arts, as a part o f the history of Western civilization, in order to
show the share that these arts have had in the creating and
flying of ideals, and in the development of craftsmanship. The
principal types and examples of these arts are studied as master
pieces of achievement, especially for their cultural enjoyment.
The work consists of illustrated lectures and indicated reading.
70. The A rt o f the Greeks.
Assistant Professor Meeteer.
O ffe r e d i n 1918-19.
A course o f lectures giving an introduction to the various departments of Greek
art, especially architecture, sculpture, and painting; the purpose of the course, in part,
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
112
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
is to give some preparation for future visits to the great museum collections of Europe
and America. A knowledge of Greek is not required. Open to all students except
Freshmen. This course is given in alternate years only.
76. Topography and Monuments o f Ancient Rome.
Brewster.
Assistant Professor
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
Lectures illustrated with the stereopticon, and assigned readings. The different de
partments of Roman art will he treated briefly, both independently and in their rela
tion to Greek and to modern art; in particular the appearance of the ancient city
will be discussed and the extant monuments described. No knowledge of Latin is
required for this course; it is hoped it will prove of interest to those who expect some
time to visit Rome. Open to all students except Freshmen. This course is given in
alternate years only.
151. Mediaeval and Modern Architecture.
Mrs. Chenoweth.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Introductory lectures dealing^ with the evolution of the different architectural fea
tures, both constructional and decorative; a detailed study of Gothic building in
France, England, and Italy; a survey of Renaissance and Modern Architecture. The
purpose of the course is to enable students to distinguish between great and inferior
building, and to recognize and describe intelligently the great examples of the art.
152. Renaissance Painting in Italy.
Mrs. Chenoweth.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Italy’s definite contribution to the development of Western Art from 1300 to 1580;
painting as an expression of the social forces o f the time.
153. Dutch and Flemish Painting.
Mrs. Chenoweth.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
B iology
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Spencer Trotter. Samuel Copeland Palmer is As
sistant Professor.
The courses in Biology are designed to give a broad and liberal
view of the facts o f life as a part of the general system of
culture. The successful completion of the several courses as
part of the general work for the degree of A.B. is preparatory
to the study of Medicine, Forestry, or of Agriculture. Students
are thus enabled to enter the technical schools of the leading uni
versities in the above-named branches.
Special work in the dissection o f the human body is likewise
afforded students who are preparing for the study o f Medicine.
A rt students who are taking their year of required science in
the Department o f Biology have a choice of three courses (155,
161, 164) in which to work off this requirement.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
113
The courses are arranged so as to present a logical sequence
throughout the four years o f college work for students making
Biology their major subject.
Students making Biology their m ajor will be required to
take one year each in Chemistry and Physics, and the equivalent
o f two college years in a modem language, preferably Ger
man.
The requirement by the foremost medical schools o f the coun
try o f two years’ preparation in Biology is fulfilled by these
courses in Swarthmore College.
These courses likewise lead to the post-graduate work of the
university.
155. Vertebrate Zoology.
Professor Trotter.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
This is an outline study o f the structure, classification, distribution, and general
natural history o f animals. One lecture a week, five hours’ laboratory work in the
dissection o f types (three hours’ credit).
Textbooks, Hegner, C o lle g e Z o o l o g y ; Pratt’ s V e r t e b r a t e Z o o lo g y .
Open to Freshmen and Sophomores. Class limited.
156. Mammalian Anatomy.
Professor Trotter.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A laboratory course of six hours a week in mammalian osteology and careful dis
section o f types.
Prerequisite, 155.
157. Human Physiology.
Professor Trotter.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r . O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Two lectures a week on human anatomy and physiology with special reference to
the human mechanism.
Textbook, Huxley’s L e s s o n s i n E le m e n ta r y P h y s io lo g y .
Open to Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors.
158. Human Anatomy.
Professor Trotter.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Advanced work in osteology, the dissection o f the cadaver, and a study and dissec
tion o f the human brain. Standard textbooks on anatomy. A laboratory course of
six hours a week throughout the year, intended especially for students preparing for
medicine.
Prerequisites, 155, 156, 157, 162.
159. Systematic Zoology.
Professor Trotter.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A laboratory course o f six hours a week in systematic work on North American
Vertebrata, with dissection o f types.
Textbooks, Jordan’s M a n u a l, and standard works on the several groups o f verte
brate animals.
Prerequisite, 155.
8
114
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
160. General Anthropology.
Professor Trotter.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r . ' O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A course of lectures on the zoological relations of man, his history as a species, and
a review o f the natural history o f mankind (race, culture, and geographical distribu
tion), professor’s “ notes,” consultation of various authors, written reports on assigned
subjects.
Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Prerequisite, 155.
161. Invertebrate Morphology.
Assistant Professor Palmer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A careful and detailed study of invertebrates with laboratory study of the more
important orders. Two lectures a week, three hours laboratory.
Textbooks, Hegner, C o lle g e Z o o l o g y ; Drew, I n v e r t e b r a t e Z o o lo g y .
Open to Freshmen and Sophomores. Class limited to twenty-five.
162. Embryology.
Assistant Professor Palmer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly
Study o f the development of a vertebrate with special reference to the chick. The
growth o f the chick is followed closely from the primitive streak stage to four days.
Drawings are required showing the various stages of growth in whole mounts and in
selected sections along both transverse and sagittal planes. In connection with this
course students are instructed in the proper methods of fixation, staining, and sec
tioning o f tissues and in the use o f the camera lucida. A minimum of six hours a
week laboratory work is required for this course.
Prerequisites, 155, 157, 161.
163. Variation, Heredity, and Principles o f Breeding.
Palmer.
Assistant Professor
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A lecture course devoted to the discussion of the principles of plant and animal
breeding. There will be given also a review o f the history of our domesticated animals.
Prerequisite, 155.
164. Plant Morphology.
Assistant Professor Palmer.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
(a ) Cryptogamie Botany.
In this course the development o f sex in plants is the.keynote of study. Carefully
selected forms are secured to bring out this feature in the laboratory. Sach’ s classi
fication o f the Thallophytes is used as the basis o f this course. Two lectures a week
with three hours laboratory.
(5 ) General Botany.
A course in botany designed to give the student a broad view of the whole field of
plant growth, structure, development, distribution, and classification. Two lectures a
week, three hours’ laboratory work, including field work in May and June.
Open to Freshmen and Sophomores. Class limited to twenty-five.
165. Systematic Botany.
Assistant Professor Palmer.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A course in field work devoted entirely to the classification of the local flora. Trees,
shrubs, ferns, and the spring flowers are carefully studied. One hour lecture, three
hours o f laboratory or field work.
Textbook, Gray’ s M a n u a l o f B o ta n y .
Prerequisite, 164.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
170. Geology and Physiography.
115
Professor Trotter.
T w o h o u rs a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A lecture course in elementary geology (dynamical and structural) and a study of
the physiography and life relations of North America.
Textbook, Chamberlain and Salisbury, C o lleg e G e o lo g y .
Open to Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors.
The Museum of Biology and Geology is an adjunct to the de
partment of Biology. An account o f its collections may he
found on page 37. The Academy of Natural Sciences. Logan
Square, Philadelphia, affords valuable matter for study and
reference both in its collections and library. The museum of
the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Seventeenth Street and
Montgomery Avenue, Philadelphia, contains valuable aids to
study. The library o f the University of Pennsylvania, and the
Philadelphia Library, corner Locust and Juniper Streets, are
available fo r consultation and research. The Wistar Institute
o f Anatomy, Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue, con
tains valuable material for study in connection with the pre
medical courses.
Chemistry and Chemical Engineering
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Gellert Alleman. H. Jermain Creighton is Assistant
Professor of Chemistry and Russell Hull is Instructor in Chem
istry.
This department does not aim to develop specialists in any
particular branch of chemistry, but presents opportunities for
a comprehensive general training in this science.
The successful completion of the courses in Chemistry will
enable the student to enter upon graduate work at any lead
ing university, or will be of material assistance to him in various
technical pursuits in which he may be engaged. Those intending
to prepare for the medical profession will find it advantageous
to follow several of the elementary courses here offered.
The new and commodious chemical laboratory, with its splen
did equipment, lends every advantage to thorough and modem
instruction in this department.
Students who major in Chemistry and Chemical Engineering
must have: a reading knowledge o f German before entering upon
116
SWAKTHMOEE COLLEGE BULLETIN
the chemical work pursued during the third year. They should
also he thoroughly familiar with elementary mathematics.
The course in Chemistry, as Applied Science, is prescribed for
the first and second years. The course in Chemical Engineering
is prescribed for four years.
Students may m ajor in Chemistry, in a course in Arts, re
quiring 124 hours for graduation; in Chemistry, as Applied
Science, requiring 132 hours for graduation; in Chemical En
gineering, requiring 140 hours for graduation.
171. General Inorganic Chemistry.
Creighton, and Mr. Hull.
Professor Alleman, Assistant Professor
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Lectures, demonstrations, written exercises, individual laboratory practice, and
weekly conferences on the general principles involved in elementary chemistry. This
course includes work similar to that outlined in Smith, G e n e r a l C h e m is tr y f o r C o lleges.
In the laboratory each student performs about two hundred experiments which are
selected from Smith and Hale, L a b o r a t o r y O u tlin e o f G e n e r a l C h e m is tr y . Credit in this
course is not assigned until the completion o f the entire course at the end of the year.
172. Qualitative Analysis.
Assistant Professor Creighton.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
The theory and practice involved in the detection of the chemical elements. Special
attention is paid to the application o f the electrolytic dissociation theory to analysis,
and the metallic and nonmetallic elements are studied more fully than in Course 171.
Demonstrations, conferences, and individual laboratory work. The textbooks used
are A. A. Noyes, Q u a lita tiv e A n a ly s is , and Talbot and Blanchard, E l e c tr o ly tic D i s
s o c ia t io n T h e o r y ; Baskerville and Curtman, Q u a lita tiv e A n a ly s is , is also recommended.
During the second semester, students make Quantitative determinations of a num
ber o f typical ions and become familiar with the elementary principles of Quantitative
Analysis.
The equivalent o f nine hours of laboratory work per week through the year, carry
ing a credit o f three hours for each semester. Credit in this course is not assigned
until the completion o f the entire course at the end o f the year. Prerequisite, 171.
173. Elementary Quantitative Analysis.
Professor Alleman and Mr. Hull.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g o n e s e m e s te r .
Complete analysis o f potassium chloride, copper sulphate,
sphalerite, clay, Portland cement, and coal.
For students taking Engineering as their major subject.
work per week throughout one semester, carrying a credit
is arranged to suit individual requirements. Prerequisite,
174. Quantitative Analysis.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
calcite, haematite, apatite,
Nine hours o f laboratory
of three hours. The time
172.
Professor Alleman.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e yea/r.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Demonstrations and laboratory work involving methods in gravimetric and volu
metric analysis.
Required of students who select Chemistry as their major subject; open as an
elective to all others who have taken Courses 171 and 172 at this institution, or their
equivalent elsewhere. The equivalent o f nine hours of laboratory work per week
throughout the year, carrying a credit o f three hours for each semester. The time is
arranged to suit individual requirements. Prerequisite, 172.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
175. Advanced Quantitative Analysis.
117
Professor Alleman.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n rm a lly.
Examination of foods and food products, and their adulterants. W ork in toxicology,
analysis o f sewage, and the sanitary analysis of water.
Required o f students who select Chemistry as their major subject; open as an elec
tive to all other students who have had sufficient knowledge of chemistry to follow the
course. The work on sewage and water analysis is particularly adapted to students
in engineering. The equivalent o f nine hours o f laboratory work per week during the
second semester, carrying a credit o f three hours. The time is arranged to suit indi
vidual requirements. Prerequisite, 174.
176. Physical Chemistry.
Assistant Professor Creighton.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Lectures and laboratory work. The work covered in the lecture course includes
the thermodynamic law s; the gaseous, liquid, and solid states of matter; physical mix
tures; the theory of dilute solutions; the kinetic theory of gases; the relation between
chemical structure and physical properties; chemical statics and dynamics; and thermo
chemistry. Stress is laid on the applications of thermodynamics to chemical processes.
In the laboratory students make observations on the behavior of solutions, determine
molecular weights by physical methods, measure velocities of reactions and familiarize
themselves with the use o f the refractometer, the spectroscope, and the polariscope.
The following books are recommended: Nernst, T h e o r e t ic a l C h e m is t r y ; Jones, E le
m e n t s o f P h y s ic a l C h e m is tr y ; Young, S t o ic h io m e t r y ; Washburn, P r in c ip le s o f P h y s
i c a l , C h e m is tr y .
Two lectures and three hours per week o f laboratory work. Required of students
who select chemistry as their major study. Prerequisites, 174 and 272.
177. Organic Chemistry.
Professor Alleman and Mr. Hull.
T h r e e h o w s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e yeaur.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Lectures, demonstrations, written exercises, and laboratory work. This course in
cludes the work as outlined in Remsen, O r g a n ic C h e m is tr y . In the laboratory, stu
dents make and study the various organic preparations as given in Remsen, O r g a n ic
C h e m is tr y .
Required o f all students who select Chemistry as their major subject.
178. Organic Chemistry (Advanced Course).
Hull.
Professor Alleman and Mr.
A continuation of Course 177. Lectures and laboratory work. In the laboratory,
students make all the preparations (not previously made in Course 17 7), as given in
Gattermann, P r a x i s d e s O r g a n is c h e n C h e m ik e r s . A knowledge of German is required.
Required o f all students who select Chemistry as their major subject.
180. Electro-Chemistry.
Assistant Professor Creighton.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Lectures and laboratory work. The laboratory work in this course is arranged
so that the student may obtain exact practical information regarding the application
of electricity to chemical manufacture, and become proficient in the measurement of
electrical conductivities and electromotive forces, and in making electro-chemical
analyses. The laboratory course also includes the testing of Faraday’ s laws and the
measurement o f transport numbers, the absolute migration velocity of ions, decomposi
tion voltage and heat o f neutralization. The following textbooks are recommended:
Abegg, E le c t r o ly t ic D i s s o c i a t i o n ; Le Blanc, T e x t b o o k o f E le c t r o -C h e m is t r y ; Oettel,
E le c tr o -C h e m ic a l E x p e r im e n t s a n d E x e r c i s e s i n E l e c tr o -C h e m is tr y ; Fisher, P r a k tik u m
d e r E le k tr o c h e m ie , and Smith, E le c tr o -C h e m ic a l A n a ly s is .
Required o f all students who select Chemistry as their major subject; open as an
118
SWARTHMOKE COLLEGE BULLETIN
elective to all other students who have a sufficient knowledge of chemistry and of
physics to follow the course. Prerequisite, 174 and 176.
The number o f students in this course is limited to six.
181. Assaying.
Professor Alleman.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Fire assays o f ores of gold, silver, lead, zinc, copper, and of numerous metallurgical
products. The textbook used is Furnam, P r a c t ic a l A s s a y in g .
Three hours of laboratory work per week during the first semester, carrying a
credit o f one hour.
182. Mineralogy.
Professor Alleman.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
This course consists o f lectures on crystallography and descriptive mineralogy ; and
the determination of minerals by the blow-pipe. Moses and Parsons, M in e r a lo g y .
C r y s ta llo g r a p h y a n d B lo w -p ip e A n a ly s is , is used as a guide. Prerequisite, 170.
183. Physical Chemistry (Advanced Course). Assistant Professor Creighton.
O n e h o u r a w e e k ¿During th e first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A continuation o f Course 176.
Chemical Engineering
The extensive demand made on the part of various industries
for men trained both in Engineering and Chemistry has influ
enced the establishment of a course which will afford preparation
along these special lines. The course, as arranged, includes all
the prescribed work required for the degree of A.B. Ample
opportunity is also afforded the student in the choice of elective
studies. The course, faithfully followed, will give the student
a liberal education, and, in addition, special training in Chemical
Engineering. The course as outlined follow s:
F R E S H M A N Y EA R
Thirty-five “ hours” of prescribed work.
See Uniform Curriculum on page 74.
SOPHOM ORE Y E A R
Thirty-seven “ hours” of prescribed work.
See Uniform Curriculum on page 75.
119
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
JUNIOR YEAR
F irst Sem ester
See
Page
142
89
Physics 272 .
German.......
85
116
117
French..............
Chemistry 174 .
Chemistry 177 .
H istory---------
100
Economics 111 ..................
185
135
Electrical Engineering 237 .
Electrical Engineering 238..
Hours per Week
Class
Lab’y
12
18
Credits
Advanced Physics.
Quantitative Analysis.
Organic Chemistry---lementarv E
Railroad Transportation.
Direct Current Theory.........
D. C Lab.............................
Totals.
Second Sem ester
135
135
89
Electrical Engineering 238 . . Direct Current Laboratory...
Electrical Engineering 237 .. Direct Current Theory........
_
or
—
116
117
3
1
2
__
9
3
3
3
3
—
2
3
2
—-
—
_
or
—
—
3
2
7
15
17
SENIOR YEAR
Hours per Week
First Semester
See
Page
Class
117
118
104
Chemistry 180 .................... Electro Chemistry .
Chemistry 181 .................... Assaying.................
Economics 111 or 112 or 113
100
H istory.................................
Chemistry 178 ...... .......... Adv. Organic Chemistry.
German 49 or Elective......... Scientific German...........
Elective..........* .....................
Elective............jj....................
Religion and Philosophy 131 Bible Study
117
90
107
Totals.
2
—
3
2
2
1
3
2
15
Lab’y
Credits
3
3
—
1
3
3
3
—
3
2
1
3
2
9
18
4
2
3
3
1
4
2
—
— —
Second Semester
134
104
100
117
107
Engineering 232 .................
Economics 111 or 112 or 113
or
Experimental Laboratory...
Chemistry 178 .................... Adv. Organic Chemistry. . . .
Religion and Philosophy 131 Bible Study...........................
Thesis (Chemical)................. Laboratory Research...........
T otals. . ...............
3
2
1
12
2
8
19
3
15
120
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Engineering
CIVIL, M E C H A N IC A L , A N D ELECTRICAL
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor George F. Blessing. George W . Lewis is Assistant
Professor o f Mechanical Engineering, George P. Stocker is As
sistant Professor of Civil Engineering, Lewis Fussell is Assist
ant Professor o f Electrical Engineering, John J. Matthews is In
structor. Edward R. Meredith is Lecturer on Railroad Manage
ment.
The courses in Engineering are designed to train men in the
fundamental principles that underlie the branch in which they
are majoring, and to give such engineering and practical work
as time and equipment will permit.
The location of the College near Philadelphia and the im
portant manufacturing centers in its vicinity enables students
to visit a great variety of industrial and engineering works.
A man must supplement a technical course by experience in
practice and contact with real engineering work before he can
attain his power as an engineer, and it is hoped that these visits
will prove of value to the student when he begins practical
engineering work.
The success o f an engineer has come more and more to depend
upon his ability to meet men of education and culture on equal
terms; hence, courses in liberal arts are carried throughout the
four years in the belief that they will ultimately benefit the
students. The technical courses, o f study are arranged and con
ducted with the purpose o f imparting a liberal preparation for
immediate usefulness in the office, drafting room, or field. When
circumstances permit, undergraduates are encouraged to engage
in engineering work during the summer vacation. The experi
ence and maturity so gained are o f great value in subsequent
collegiate and professional work.
The instruction in this department is given both by lectures
and recitations; in the drafting room, the field work, the labora
tory, and shop the aim is to adapt the instruction to the indi
vidual needs o f the student.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
121
T H E E Q U IPM E N T
The Field Equipment is ample for practice in surveying, and
includes transits, levels, plane tables, compasses and other aux
iliary apparatus.
Engineering Library and Club Room. This is a large, beau
tifully furnished room on the second floor of the Engineering
Building. It is equipped with electrical connections for stereopticon lantern or motion picture machine. The book shelves
in this room contain about one thousand volumes of technical
works in which is included transactions of engineering societies
and bound volumes o f the most important technical papers and
journals. Current issues of all the leading engineering magazines are also to be found on the reading tables.
Drafting Rooms. The drafting rooms are equipped with
drawing tables, stools and cabinets in which students may keep
their drawing supplies. In addition to the above equipment this
department has a ten-inch Sibley wood turning lathe, with many
extra parts, and a duplex power driven pump for use in sketch
ing and to illustrate the principles of machine construction and
design. The Junior and Senior drawing rooms are also equipped
with filing cabinets containing blue prints and other data to aid
the student in the design courses.
The Engineering Laboratories. The Materials Laboratory
contains a 15,000-pound Olsen testing machine, and a larger one
having a capacity of 100,000 pounds. Both machines are fitted
for tests in tension, compression and deflection. In addition,
there is a 50,000-pound Olsen torsional testing machine, and
micrometers for measuring elongation, compression and deflec
tion, a Fairbanks cement testing machine with a complete equip
ment for making tests on cement, a White-Souther endurance
testing machine, a Shore scleroscope, an Upton-Lewis endurance
testing machine and a complete equipment for the heat treatment
of metals.
F or tests in mechanical engineering the equipment consists
of steam and gas engine indicators, planimeters, tachometers,
steam and coal calorimeters, pyrometers, gauge and indicator
testing apparatus. This laboratory also contains oil and grease
testing apparatus, a Junker calorimeter for gas and liquid fuel
tests and gas analysis apparatus.
122
SWART H MORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
In the Gas Engine Laboratory the apparatus consists of a fivehorse-power Otto gas engine, a ten-horse-power Quincy gasoline
and kerosene engine, a four-cylinder twenty-horse-power Rutenber automobile engine direct connected to a Tracy fan dyna
mometer, a ten-horse-power Mietz and Weiss fuel oil engine and
a vertical fifty-horse-power two-cylinder Bruce-Macbeth gas en
gine. The above engines are fitted for testing with Prony brakes
indicating apparatus, etc. This laboratory also contains a
“ R ecco” Rider Ericsson hot-air engine. .
The Steam Engine Laboratory contains a fifty-horse-power 8 in.
x 13 in. x 10 in. Ideal tandem-compound high-speed engine, a
10 in. x 24 in. Wetherell-Corliss engine, a seven-kilowatt hori
zontal Curtis turbine direct connected to a direct-current dy
namo installed with a separate switchboard. This laboratory
also contains a 5 in. x 8 in. vertical slide-valve engine. The above
engines can be run condensing or non-condensing. The con
densing apparatus consists of a Wheeler surface condenser. The
steam engine equipment in the power plant consists of two onehundred-horse-power and one sixty-five-horse-power Harrisburg
high-speed engines.
The boiler room contains four one-hundred-and-twenty-fivehorse-power horizontal return tubular boilers fitted with turbo
blowers and automatic damper regulator. For testing the boil
ers the plant is equipped with a W ilcox automatic feed water
weigher, coal weighing apparatus, flue gas analysis apparatus,
etc.
The equipment o f the Hydraulic Laboratory consists o f a
D ’Olier centrifugal pump direct connected with a ten-horse
power direct current motor and fitted with necessary apparatus
for conducting a complete test such as weirs, nozzles, gauges,
etc. A fifteen-horse-power Christiana turbine water wheel fitted
with Prony brake, hook gauges, weirs, etc. A small impulse
water wheel of the Pelton type.
The Direct Current Laboratory contains a plug type switch
board supplied with direct current power and connected with
the alternating switchboard so that the equipment in both lab
oratories may be used in either. It makes possible the rapid
connection in parallel or series of all the apparatus. The me
chanical power for this room is derived from a twenty-five-horse
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
123
power variable speed induction motor, and the direct current
power from the substation located in the adjooining room. This
is equipped with two twenty-five-kilowatt one-hundred-andten-volt direct current generators of Westinghouse make driven
by two thirty-five-horse-power three-phase General Electric in
duction motors; and one fifty-kilowatt General Electric induc
tion motor-generator set. In addition to the usual control ap
paratus there is installed a Tirrill automatic voltage regulator,
giving very steady voltage. The apparatus includes shunt, series
and compound wound motors and generators, motor-generators
and variable speed motors o f various types, together with the
necessary starting, field, and load rheostats. The meters are of
the most accurate type, the range being from .001 to 500 amperes
and from .001 to 750 volts.
The Alternating Current Laboratory has a switchboard similar
to but larger than the one in the direct-current laboratory. It
is supplied with direct current and with twelve different alter
nating voltages, the latter being obtained from a bank of three
twenty-KV-A step-down transformers.
In addition to this
single- and three-phase supply a pair o f Scott transformers of
four-K V-A rating deliver two-phase power, and a 7.5-KV-A
synchronous generator in the laboratory supplies one, two, three,
six, or twelve phases. The main power supply comes from the
power plant below the railroad, where two seventy-five-KV-A
and one fifty-K V -A revolving field alternator develop threephase power at twenty-three hundred volts. A good modern
switchboard is rendered doubly useful for teaching purposes,
since there are more than the usual number o f switchboard
meters which make checking and comparison more effective.
Here also there is a Tirrill voltage regulator. In the laboratory
in addition to the resistances, inductances, and condensers
(one hundred and forty microfarads) there are transformers,
single- and three-phase induction motors of several types, a
repulsion motor, an inductor generator, two synchronous con
verters, a synchronous motor, synchronous generator and a vari
able frequency motor generator set givihg from twenty to seventy
cycles per second.
Single-phase and three-phase induction potential regulators
give close voltage control. There are a number of high-grade
124
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters which make it possible
to read closely any current from .1 to 400 amperes and any
pressure from 10 to 3,000 volts. A vibrating reed frequency
meter, a synchroscope, a contact device for wave form, a power
factor meter, recording and integrating meters are available.
A fu lly equipped General Electric oscillograph is freely used to
show wave shape and phase relations.
F or the work in illumination there are a Bunsen photometer
o f semi-portable type, a three-meter Queen photometer with
Lummer-Brodhun screen, revolving head, etc.; a portable SharpMiliar illuminometer. Many types o f lamps and types of glass
ware are at hand and a study is made o f the various types of
lighting around the college to determine where each would be
best applied for interior or outdoor work.
SHOP W ORK
This work extends through two years for all engineering stu
dents, and may he continued if desired.
The Machine Shop occupies a large portion o f the second floor
o f Beardsley Hall and it has a floor area o f 3,300 square feet. It
is exceptionally well lighted and is arranged so that the machine
and bench work are entirely separated. A large tool room is
centrally located and is in charge o f an assistant, who supplies
individual tools on a check system, as is done in commercial
shops. The machinery is grouped on three drives, each drive
being operated by its own electric motor.
The machine shop contains an excellent assortment o f tools,
including screw-cutting engine lathes; speed lathes, simple and
back-geared; a planer; a complete universal milling machine
with milling cutters; a shaper; a twist-drill grinder, and two
vertical drill presses; a lathe-center grinder; plain and swivel
vises; lathe chucks, universal and independent, also drill
chucks; chucks for milling machine and vises for planing; sur
face plates; standard gauges and a complete equipment o f small
tools.
The
engine
size, a
engine
equipment o f the machine shop
lathes, 16 in. x 6 f t . ; a Lodge and
W hitney wet tool grinder, and a
lathe o f rugged design for the
includes two Hamilton
Shipley lathe o f similar
16 in. x 8 ft. Champion
demonstration o f high
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
125
speed cutting tools. This lathe is double hack geared, has taper
turning attachment, compound rest and quick change gear device
giving forty changes of threads without removing a gear. The
gearing on all lathes is covered by guards or casings to prevent
accidents.
The Woodworking Shop extends through the entire length of
the third floor of Beardsley Hall, and has a floor area of more
than 3,300 square feet. The work benches are fitted with quickacting vises and other accessories and are provided with drawers
and tool cabinets in sufficient number to assign each student a
container for his tools and exercises. The plan of individual
assignment of tools and supplies is followed here, and each stu
dent is provided with a complete set of tools. The machine
equipment is of the best and comprises a motor-driven Oliver
thirty-eight-inch band saw with tilting table, and screens and
guard for the protection o f the operator ; a motor-driven Col
burn universal* saw; a twenty-four-inch Oliver Hand Planer
and Jointer with safety cylinder, and Oliver universal wood trim
mer; a motor-driven six-inch Oliver hand planer and jointer
with safety cylinder; a 16 in. x 10 ft. Oliver wood turning lathe
with overhang to spindle and a Mummert W olf & Dixon Com
pany oil tool grinder; a post drill, and a group of twelve wood
turning lathes driven by motor.
The Forge Shop. This equipment consists of ten fires, and
one additional master fire. These forges are operated on the
down-draft principle, and were designed and constructed for this
shop by the Buffalo Forge Company. The exhaust and pressure
fans for the system are motor driven, and the blast and exhaust
ducts are o f moulded concrete. The forge shop is situated on the
ground floor o f the building and covers an area o f more than
1,000 square feet.
The Foundry is also located on the same floor, and has a floor
space o f more than 1,000 square feet. A gas heated cupola or
furnace is in use for melting metals in crucibles. The addi
tional equipment consists of moulding benches, flasks, and other
accessory apparatus.
Fees. A fee of five dollars for each semester will be charged
for each course in woodworking, forging and machine practice.
A fee of two dollars for each semester will be charged for each
126
SWABTHMOBE COLLEGE BULLETIN
course in field practice and surveying. An additional fee of two
dollars will be charged for the annual survey.
A Deposit o f five dollars will be required of each student en
rolling for a course in shop work or founding. This deposit will
be retained to cover breakage and loss o f tools or supplies, and,
after deducting for such items, the balance will be refunded upon
the completion of the course.
BEABDSLEY HALL
A description of Beardsley Hall may be found on page 30 of
this B u l l e t i n .THE MAJOE IN ENGINEEEING
The engineering courses extend through four years; and, in
this respect, differ from the other major courses offered in the
College, which are elected at the beginning o f the second year
and extend through the three subsequent years. The students
in Engineering have thus their entire course arranged with the
advice and consent of their course adviser in Engineering.
The m ajor in Engineering may be taken in one of three
courses: Mechanical, Electrical, or Civil Engineering. The
courses o f study constituting the major in Engineering are given
in detail below.
The work for the first two years is common to all students in
Mechanical, Electrical, and Civil Engineering and includes work
in English, Pure Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Drawing
and Shop Work.
The work offered in the shops throughout the several courses
is intended to teach certain principles of manufacturing and
to familiarize the student with methods and processes o f the
mechanic arts. The student works in the various shops o f the
department, and completes in each a series of practical exer
cises. He thus obtains some knowledge o f the nature and prop
erties o f the various materials he employs, and becomes familiar
with the use and care of the more important hand and machine
tools.
A complete cheeking, cost, and time-keeping system is in oper
ation throughout the shops. The system is in charge ,of a shop
clerk, and each student is required to spend a part o f his time
127
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
in the office to familiarize himself with the system. The object
is to make the shop courses not only a means o f developing the
powers of observation and judgment, together with the acquisi
tion of mechanical skill, hut to familiarize the student with busi
ness methods and make the shops serve as a laboratory for work
in industrial organization.
During the third year the Mechanical Engineering students
take up work in Kinematics of Machinery and Drawing, while
those in Civil Engineering are assigned Field Practice, and Ele
mentary Structural Design. During the fourth year, oppor
tunity is offered for more definite specialization in the branches
of Mechanical, Electrical, and Civil Engineering as indicated in
the courses outlined.
F or a statement of the requirements for advanced degrees in
Engineering, see page 81.
C ourses
of
S tudy
I. Civil Engineering.
Freshman year. See page 74.
Sophomore year. See page 75.
JUNIOR YEAR
F irst Sem ester
See
Page
Hours per Week
Class
132
Mechanical Engineering 215
Mechanics of Materials.......
135
Electrical Engineering 237..
Direct Current Theory.........
135
EÏectricial Engineering 238..
3
3
3
Lab’y
__
Credits
3
3
3
3
—
6
3
2
2
Direct Current Laboratory...
2
2
—
—
Totals.....................
13
12
17
3
1
Second Sem ester
132
139
71
135
135
131
134
142
Engineering 2 1 5 ...................
Mathematics 257..................
Group 2 .................................
Electrical Engineering 2 3 7 ..
Electrical Engineering 2 3 8 ..
Civil Engineering 196..........
Mechanical Engineering 232
Physics 272 or Elective.........
Mechanics of Materials
Analytic Mechanics.. . .
Direct Current Theory........
Direct Current Laboratory...
Structural Design.................
Experimental Laboratory...
Advanced Physics................
Totals
___
2
3
6
4
3
3
3
3
2
1
2
2
3
13
16
19
3
3
3
2
—
—
—
—
—
128
SWARTHMOEE COLLEGE BULLETIN
SENIOR YEAR
Hours per Week
F irst Sem ester
See
Page
133
131
71
133
132
107
Class
Religion and Philosophy 131
Lab’y
Credits
6
3
Bible Study.. . . . ' ..................
2
2
3
8
3
2
—
4
3
3
3
3
2
Totals.....................
15
9
18
3
3
3
3
__
_
_
Second Sem ester
133
71
134
131
107
Religion and Philosophy 131
Bible Study...........................
1
Totals.....................
13
9
6
15
II. Mechanical Engineering.
Freshman year. See page 74.
Sophomore year. See page 75.
JUNIOR YEAR
Hours per Week
F irst Sem ester
See
Page
132
139
71
142
135
131
132
135
Class
Physics 272...........................
Electrical Engineering 237..
Mechanical Engineering 195
Mechanical Engineering 214
Electrical Engineering 238...
Direct Current Theory..........
Kinematic Drawing.............
Kinematics............................
Direct Current Laboratory...
Totals.....................
3
3
3
2
2
Lab’y
Credits
■
2
3
2
—
_
3
2
2
2
1
15
11
19
6
—
Second Sem ester
132
139
71
135
135
134
131
142
Engineering 2 1 5 ...................
Mathematics 257..................
Group 2 ....... ..........................
Electrical Engineering 237..
Electrical Engineering 238..
Mechanical Engineering 232
Mechanical Engineering 195
Physics 272 or Elective.........
Mechanics of Materials
Analytic Mechanics. . . .
Direct Current T heory.. .
Direct Current Laboratory,
Experimental Laboratory.
Kinematic Drawing..........
Advanced Physics..............
Totals.................
3
3
3
2
„ 2
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
2
1
3
13
13
18
—
—
—
—
——
*
129
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
SENIOR YEAR
F irst Sem ester
See
Page
Hours per Week
Class
138
131
71
133
134
132
107
Mechanical Engineering 217
Mechanical Engineering 197
Mechanical Engineering 233
Mechanical Engineering 216
Religion and Philosophy 131
Machine Design....................
Machine Design Drawing...
Lab*y
Credits
3
Experimental Laboratory...
Steam Machinery.................
Bible Study...........................
3
2
4
—
—
8
*
8
8
2
3
2
Totals........................
14
10
18
_6
2
2
3
—
f
6
s
s
Second Sem eeter
Ï33
131
71
Mechanical Engineering 217
Mechanical Engineering 197
134
133
136
Mechanical Engineering 233
Mechanical Engineering 219
Mechanical Engineering 249
Experimental Laboratory...
Power Plants.........................
Principles of Manufacturing
107
Religion and Philosophy 131
Bible Study................. : . . . .
Machine Design....................
Machine Design Drawing...
Totals.....................
2
—
3
2
3
1
_
4
—
—
6
1
12
16
2
3
1
2
.1
18
III. Electrical Engineering.
Freshman year. See page 74.
Sophomore year. See page 75.
JUNIOR YEAR
Hours per Week
F irst Sem ester
See
Page
Class
139
71
142
132
135
Electrical Engineering 237..
Direct Current Theory..........
3
2
8
2
_
_
2
135
135
Electrical Engineering 239. . Illumination..........................
Electrical Engineering 238... Direct Current Laboratory...
1
—
2
3
2
1
Totals.....................
14
8
19
Lab’y
Credits
Second Semester
139
71
135
135
132
134
Electrical Engineering 237.. Direct Current Theory........
Electrical Engineering 238. . Direct Current Laboratory..
—
Mechanical Engineering 232 Experimental Laboratory. . . .
3
—
142
Physics 272 or Elective.........
3
9
S
2
—
—
3
—
6
3
3
2
1
3
2
Advanced Physics.................
2
3
3
Totals.....................
IS
12
19
4
130
SWARTHMOEE COLLEGE BULLETIN
S E N IO R
YEAR
H o u rs per W eek
F ir s t S e m e s te r
See
Page
135
135
Class
E le ctrica l E n gin eering 2 4 2 ..
136
132
E lectrical E n gin eering 2 4 6 ..
M ech a n ica l E n gin eerin g 216
C redits
3
_
—
3
3
3
_
_
_
1
2
3
3
C en tral Stations and P ow er
T ra n sm is s io n .........................
C o n fe re n ce s .................................
S team M a c h in e r y ....................
3
1
3
—
—
—
3
1
3
T o t a l s .........................
16
3
19
3
_
3
3
— i
:’
E lectrical E n gin eerin g 2 4 0 .. A ltern a tin g C u rren t T h e o r y .
E lectrica l E n gin eerin g 2 4 1 . . A lte rn a tin g C u rren t L a b o ra t o r y .........................................
71
133
136
Lab’y
_
3
S e c o n d S e m ester
146
146
146
71
133
136
E lectrical E n gin eering 243 . . P o ly p h a se C urrents . .
E lectrical E n gin eering 244 . . P o ly p h a s e L a b o r a to ry
E lectrical E n gin eering 245 . . E le ctric R a ilw a ys . . . .
G roup 3 ............... ............ . .................................
E le c tiv e . , \
. ............: ....................... .......................
M ech a n ica l E n gin eering 219 i P ow er P la n ts ..................
E lectrical E n gin eering 246 . . j C o n fe r e n c e s .....................
Thesis or E le ctiv e .......................I ...............................................
T o ta ls
—
3
_
3
1
18
3
1
3
3
—
3
1
2
8
19
191. Engineering Drawing.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r . T w o hou rs* c r e d it.
Linear drawing, lettering, model and object sketching of machine parts.
Open to Freshmen.
192. Engineering Drawing.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T w o hours* c r e d it.
This work is intended to instruct the student in the making and reading of com
mercial working drawings. The character o f the work is such as is followed in the
best modern drafting rooms, and attention is given to standard conventions, tabu
lations, titling, etc.'
Open to Freshmen.
193. Descriptive Geometry.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
T w o hou rs* c r e d it.
This work consists of lectures, recitations, and drawing-board work, upon the
presentation of lines, planes, and solids; tangencies, intersections, sections, develop
ments and isometric projection. It is intended to give the student an understanding
o f the theory o f projection and the principles necessary to the proper delineation and
interpretation of constructive drawings. W ork is done in all quadrants, but the prac
tical problems, introduced to illustrate the application of the subject to subsequent
work in design, are shown in the third quadrant.
Open to Sophomores: prerequisites, Courses 192 and 251.
194. Empirical Design and Machine Drawing.
S i x h o u r s a, w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T w o hou rs* c r e d it.
Machine drawing and empirical designing, an extension o f the work in 192. P ro
portioning o f machine details as fixed by practice and empirical methods. Making
and using standard data sheets. Making of assembly drawings. The general aim
131
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
of the course is to give the beginner a drill in the proportioning of such parts as are
fixed by common practice rather than by mathematical theory and to apply the work
of 192.
Open to Sophomores; prerequisites, Courses 192 and 193.
195. Kinematic Drawing.
S i x h o u r 8 a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r , a n d th r e e d u r in g th e s e c o n d .
T h ree hou rs’
c r e d it.
Drawing-board application o f Course 214. Solution of mechanism by means of in
stant .centers, designing of cams, gears, linkages, etc. Drawing of velocity and ac
celeration diagrams.
Open to Juniors in M .E .; prerequisite, Course 194, and must be taken with Course
215.
196. Elements o f Structural Design.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T w o h o u r s ’ c r e d it.
Computation of stresses in trusses, mainly by graphic methods. The forms and
strength of joints and fastenings used in heavy framing. Beside the graphic analysis
of simple beams and roof trusses, complete detail designs and working drawings of
joints to resist large tensile stresses, and of a wooden roof truss for given specifica
tions. Elements o f designing in structural steels.
Required o f Civil Engineering Students only.
Open to Juniors; prerequisites,
Courses 193 and 194, and must be taken with Course 215.
197. Drawing and Design.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g e a c h s e m e s te r .
T w o h o u r s ’ c r e d it f o r e a ch se m e s te r .
Drawing-room problems in elementary machine design illustrating the work as given
in 195. In this course the student for the first time undertakes the design of a com
plete machine, laying out the general outlines, proportioning the details theoretically,
and modifying his results by practical considerations. All computations necessary for
the complete design must be carefully and systematically made and kept. Working
drawings o f the most important details and a finished assembly drawing of the ma
chine are completed.
Open to Seniors in M .E .; prerequisites, Courses 193 and 194, and must be taken
with 217.
198. Structural Design.
S ix
h ou rs
d u r in g
s e m e s te r .
fir s t
s e m e s te r .
T h ree
h ou rs’
c r e d it.
S ix
h ou rs
d u r in g
secon d
T h r e e h o u r s ’ c r e d it.
Computation o f stresses ; types and details of bridge and roof trusses ; reports, draw
ings; complete design of a plate girder and a through Pratt railway bridge.
Open to Seniors in C .E .; prerequisites, Course 196.
199. Topographical Drawing.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g first s e m e s te r ..
O n e h o u r ’s c r e d it.
A topographic map will be drawn from the field notes of the annual survey.
Open to Seniors in C.E .; prerequisite, the annual survey.
203. Pattern Making.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r a n d a lte r n a te s w ith 2 0 4 d u r in g s e c o n d se m e s te r .
T w o h o u r s ’ c r e d it f o r fir s t s e m e s te r a n d o n e h o u r ’ s c r e d it f o r s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
A preliminary course o f instruction in the use of hand and machine tools for wood
working, followed by a graded instruction in pattern-making, construction of core boxes,
etc.
Open to Freshmen.
132
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
204. Foundry Work.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O n e h o u r ’ s c r e d it.
Moulding, mixing, and casting of metals and core-making, etc. The student is re
quired to produce castings from the complete set o f patterns made in Course 203.
. Open to Freshmen.
205. Forge Work.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
O n e h o u r ’s c r e d it.
Forging, welding, tool-dressing, tempering, etc., and a study of press and die work
and “ drop forgings.”
Open to Sophomores.
206. Machine Work.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r a n d s i x d u r in g th e s e c o n d .
c r e d it f o r first s e m e s te r a n d tw o f o r th e secon d s
O n e h o u r ’s
Use of measuring tools, hand and machine tools, fitting and assembling.
and use of jigs and other manufacturing fixtures.
Open tu Sophomores.
Operation
207. Machine Work.
O n e v je e k p r e c e d in g th e o p e n in g o f co lle g e .
Open to Juniors and Seniors.
A continuation of 206.
213. Materials o f Construction.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
This course consists, of a study o f the physical properties and methods of manu
facture of the various materials used in engineering construction. It does not treat
o f the strength of materials as given in the course on Mechanics of Materials. [215.]
Open to Sophomores; prerequisite, Course 171.
214. Kinematics.
T w o r e c ita tio n s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
T w o h o u r s ’ c r e d it.
Theory of mechanism, instant centers, cams, gears, linkages, etc.
acceleration diagrams.
Open to Juniors; prerequisite, Course 194.
Velocity and
215. Mechanics o f Materials.
T h r e e r e c ita tio n s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r .
T h r e e h o u r s ’ C redit.
T w o r e c ita tio n s
a n d o n e le c t u r e a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T h r e e h o u r s ’ • credit.
This course continues throughout the year and credit will not be given for a single
semester.
This course treats of the resistance of materials, center of gravity, moment of
inertia, riveted joints, mechanics o f beams, columns, shafts; combined stresses, tem
perature stresses, impact and resilience. Textbook: Merriman, M e c h a n ic s o f M a te ria ls.
Open to Juniors; prerequisites, Courses 256 and 213.
216. Steam Machinery.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
T h r e e h o u r s ’ c r e d it.
The course covers the elementary consideration of the behavior of gases and vapors;
theoretical heat engines; application of theory to steam engines; principles governing
the transfer of heat from hot gases to water; principles of combustion; boiler furnaces
and grates; types ©f boilers; feed-water heaters, economizers, super heaters, advan
tages o f condensing; types of condensers, condenser pumps, etc.
Open to Seniors; prerequisites, Courses 171, 256, 272, and 273.
133
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
217. Machine Design.
O n e l e c t u r e a n d tw o r e c ita tio n s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r . T h r e e h o u r s ' c r e d it.
O n e l e c t u r e a n d o n e r e c ita tio n du ring, th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r . T w o h o u r s ' c r e d it.
Analysis o f complete machines.
Selection of mechanism for specified work and
study of practical considerations involved. Analysis of energy and force problems in
machines. Determination of driving devices as based on work to be done. Propor
tioning o f detailed parts as dictated by stress and practical considerations. Applica
tion of the laws of Mechanics and Kinematics to the design of machines and a dis
cussion of empirical design and modifications due to practical considerations.
Open to Seniors; prerequisites, Courses 214 and 195, and must be taken with 197.
218. Pumping Machinery.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
L e c t u r e s , r e c ita tio n s , a n d p r o b lem s.
Two
h o u r s ' c r e d it.
This course consists of the theory of air compressors, design of distributing systems
and compressed air plants; study of machines for pumping liquids, with a description
of types, together with a description o f pumping plants to meet given conditions.
Special attention will be given to centrifugal and turbine pumps, and the complete
calculations and part design of a high-pressure, multi-stage turbine pump will be
included.
Open to Seniors; prerequisites, Courses 216 and 225.
219. Power Plants.
Two
h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g
T w o h o u r s ' c r e d it.
secon d
s e m e s te r .
L e c tu r e s ,
r e c ita tio n s ,
and
p r o b lem s.
This course consists of the description, function, and operating combinations of
boilers, engines, heaters, condensers, economizers, piping systems, etc.
Open to Seniors.
223. Surveying.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T w o h o u r s ' c r e d it.
Theory and field w ork ;. land surveying; leveling; laying out of buildings; study
of construction and adjustment of surveying instruments; drawing of a map from
the field notes.
Open to Sophomores; prerequisites, Course 253.
224. Surveying.
S i x h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
T w o h o u r s ' c r e d it.
Theory and field work. Problems involving the accurate use of chain, tape, transit,
and level; city surveying.
The field work includes the use of the stadia for both traverse and topography.
Open to Juniors; prerequisite, Course 223.
225. Hydraulics.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
T h r e e h o u r s ' c r e d it.
Fluids at rest. Hydrostatic pressure. Pressure of water against walls and dams.
Steady flow o f liquids through pipes and orifices and over weirs. Fluid friction.
Loss of head. Steady flow o f water in open channels. Rutter’s formula and dia
grams based thereon. Theory o f various kinds o f hydraulic motors, etc.
Open to Seniors; prerequisites,'Courses 256 and 257.
226. Railroads.
R e c it a t io n s a n d field w o r k d u r in g th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
F o u r h o u r s ' c r e d it.
L ec tu re s,
r e c ita tio n s , a n d p r o b le m s d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T h r e e h o u r s ' c r e d it.
F i r s t S e m e s t e r .-r-Circular curves; transition curves; turnouts, cross-sections. Com
plete surveys will be made for the location of a section of railway; cross-sections will
134
SWARTHMOKE COLLEGE BULLETIN
be taken and structure surveys made. Each student will inake a map and profile
o f the entire line with an estimate of the quantities and cost, including grading, track
and structures.
S e c o n d S e m e s t e r . —^Lectures, recitations, and problems.
The construction, main
tenance, and operation o f railroads.
Open to Seniors; prerequisite, Course 223,
227. Municipal Engineering.
Two
h o u r s o f r e c ita tio n s , le c t u r e s , a n d p r o b le m s p e r w e e k , d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r ,
tw o h o u r s * c r e d it.
(a ) Study o f the design, construction, and operation of municipal waterworks and
sewerage systems; water and sewage purification; garbage disposal; (b ) Roads and
pavements.
Open to Seniors; prerequisites, Courses 223 and 225.
228. Concrete Construction.
T h r e e h ou rs* le c t u r e s a n d r e c ita tio n d/uring th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T h r e e hours* c r e d it.
Study o f reinforced construction and design; properties of the material; general
theory; tests of beams and columns; working stresses; use of diagrams and tables,
in building construction. Complete design of one bay of a reinforced concrete factory
building.
229. Engineering Problems.
O n e hour*8 c r e d it e a ch s e m e s te r .
Problems such as occur in ordinary engineering practice, chosen to show the ap
plication of the principles o f both mechanics and hydraulics to practical design
These problems cover a wide range of subjects and afford opportunity for both
analytical and graphical solutions. Computations and reports.
230. The Annual Survey.
O n e w e e k p r e c e d in g th e o p e n in g o f c o lle g e .
O n e h o u r ’ s c r e d it.
Topographic surveying.
Open to Sophomores and required with Course 223.
231. The Annual Survey.
. O n e w e e k p r e c e d in g th e o p e n in g o f co lle g e .
Topographic surveying; precise measurement; triangulation.
Open to Juniors and required with Course 224.
232. Experimental Laboratory.
iFour h o u rs a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T w o hou rs* c r e d it.
Use of engineering computing devices. Experiments involving the parallelogram of
forces, center o f gravity o f plates, systems of levers; the mechanical strength of ma
terials, tension, torsion, transverse and compression tests. The study of the variation
of mechanical strength with differences in composition or heat treatment applied to
steel and cast iron, demonstration o f modern methods of tempering, annealing, heat
treating, etc. Reports are required to be written up neatly and fully, and must
include all »the data and results o f tests, together with conclusions. The preparation
o f the report is considered an important part o f the course.
Open to Juniors; prerequisites, Courses 171, 215, 256, 272, 273.
233. Experimental Laboratory.
F o u r h o u r s e a c h s e m e s te r .
T w o hou rs* c r e d it e a c h s e m e s te r .
This course covers laboratory work, recitations, and written reports. The course
covers calibration o f indicator springs, steam gauges, thermometers, dynamometers,
viscosity and friction tests of lubricants, tests and heating values of coals, tests of
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES QF INSTRUCTION
135
various forms of Calorimeters, measurements of water, valve setting, efficiency tests of
steam boilers, Corliss simple engine, Ideal compound engine, steam heaters and condensers, pump and water wheels, gas engines, etc.
Open to Seniors; prerequisites, Courses 216 and 232.
234. Gas Machinery Design.
T w o lectu res a w e e k
s e m e s te r .
a n d o n e th r e e -h o u r d r a w in g p e r io d .
D u r in g first a n d s e c o n d
T h r e e h o u r s ’ c r e d it.
The course consists of the rational and empirical design of internal combustion
engines and gas producers. The drawing period to cover the practical application
of principles discussed in the lectures.
Open to Seniors; prerequisites, Courses 214, 215, and 232.
235. Gas Power Machinery.
T w o l e c t u r e s a w e e k , s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
T w o h o u r s ’ c r e d it.
General theory and important points in the design and operation of internal com
bustion engines and gas producers. Description o f existing commercial types, study
of relative advantages and consideration- of questions of economy.
Open to Seniors.
236. Steam Turbines.
O n e l e c t u r e a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O n e h o u r ’ s c r e d it.
Classification of turbines and description of leading features of various types. Cal
culations involved in turbine design. Adaptability to special conditions of service and
discussion o f building, erecting, and testing.
Open to Seniors; prerequisite, Course 216.
237. Direct Current Theory.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
A detailed study o f the theory of direct currents, direct-current generators, motors
and their applications.
238. Direct Current Laboratory.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
The testing o f direct-current generators, motors, and apparatus.
■To accompany Course 237.
239. Illumination.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k f o r th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
Photometrical measurements o f light sources, with the theory of light distribution.
Open to Juniors taking Engineering and Science Courses.
240. Alternating Current Theory.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k f o r th e first s e m e s te r .
The theory of alternating currents with especial reference to single-phase genera
tors, motors, and transformers.
Prerequisites, Courses 237 and 238.
241. Alternating Current Laboratory.
O n e h o u r a w e e k f o r th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
A laboratory course including the testing of single-phase generators, motors, trans
formers, meters, etc.
To accompany Course 240.
136
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
242. Central Stations and Power Transmission.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k f o r th e fir s t s e m e s te r .
A study o f the electrical design, installation, equipment, and economic operation of
central stations with the theory of transmission and of the lines used in the distribu
tion o f electric power.
Prerequisites, Courses 237 and 238.
243. Polyphase Currents.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k f o r th e s e c o n d se m e s te r .
An elementary course in the theory and application of polyphase machinery and
appliances.
Prerequisites, Courses 240 and 241.
244. Polyphase Laboratory.
O n e h o u r a w e e k f o r th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
A laboratory course in the testing of polyphase machinery and appliances.
To accompany Course 243.
245. Electric Railways.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k f o r th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
A study o f the equipment and operation of trolley lines and the electrification of
steam roads.
Prerequisites, Courses 237 and 240.
246. Conferences.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
A seminary course in which papers are presented on definite problems in electrical
engineering, with a discussion o f methods of solution. This course is supplemented
by trips to electric stations in which an opportunity is afforded to observe practical
solutions o f the problems considered.
247. Social Engineering.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
A study o f betterment work in the industries. Safety, hygiene', cooperation, profitsharing, pensions, social insurance, housing, education, recreation, and affiliated ques
tions are considered.
248. Efficiency.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O n e h o u r 's c r e d it.
This work consists of a study o f the principles of efficiency. Records, plans,
schedules, dispatching, standardized conditions and operations, etc., are considered
and applied both to the individual and the shop organization.
249. Principles o f Manufacturing and Factory Management.
O n e h o u r d u r in g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O n e h o u r 's c r e d it.
Theory of measuring. tools, shop tools, and equipment; shop processes; manufac
turing methods; theory o f cost and time-keeping systems; factory management.
Open to Seniors in M.E.
250. Railroad Management.
O n e h o u r a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
This work is conducted by Mr. E. R. Meredith, Supervisor, Philadelphia & Reading
Railway, Harrisburg Division.
Mr. Meredith discusses accidents, freight and passenger transportation, freight and
passenger rates, car service, labor, commission requirements, agency work, organi
zation, duties o f superintendents, and committee’ s duties.
Open to all Juniors and Seniors.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES 01’ INSTRUCTION
137
Mathematics and Astronom y
The'instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor John A. Miller. Ross W . Marriott is Assistant Pro
fessor. John H. Pitman is Instructor, and Caroline H. Smedley
is Research Assistant. Rev. Walter A. Matos is Voluntary Ob
server. Murat Louis Johnson of the Penn Mutual Life Insur
ance Company, is nomresident lecturer in the mathematics of
Insurance.
The courses in Mathematics are designed to meet the wants
of students desiring later to do graduate work in the best uni
versities; to teach mathematics in the preparatory schools; to
pursue engineering or other technical courses.
Students may fulfill the College requirement of six hours of
Mathematics for all candidates for graduation, by taking Courses
251 and 253, by taking three hours of Gourse 252 and Course 253,
o f by taking six hours of Astronomy. Students majoring in
Mathematics will take the first year Courses 251, 252, and 253.
Courses 251; 252, and 253 may be taken in any order. It is
preferred, however, that one semester, at least, of Course 252
should precede Course 253. The order in which the remaining
courses should be taken is specified for each course.
A description of the instrumental equipment for astronomy
may be found on pages 28 and 29. The teaching staff is at
present devoting as much time as is consistent with their teach
ing duties to studies in stellar parallax with the twenty-fourinch telescope, and in comet photography with the photographic
telescope. Results o f these studies are published in the Sproul
Observatory publications, and various scientific journals. Stu
dents interested in either o f these problems may work with ad
vantage in conjunction with one of the professors.
The observatory is open to visitors on the second and fourth
Tuesday nights of each month, except those Tuesday nights that
fall in a vacation period. On clear evenings objects are shown
through the great telescope.
The Mathematical and Astronomical Club, an association of
students in Mathematics and allied subjects, and instructors in
Mathematics and Physics, meets on the first and third Tuesday
of each month in the lecture room of the Sproul Observatory. A t
138
SW ARTH MORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
these meetings, reports are given by students and instructors on
subjects usually not presented in the .classroom. Active partici
pation in the club by students majoring in the department is
urged.
A departmental library is located on the first floor of the Ob
servatory. It contains about two thousand volumes and is suffi
ciently complete to make it a good working library. It is reason
ably supplied with standard treatises, .particularly those pub
lished in the last two decades. It contains complete sets of
nearly all the American Mathematical and Astronomical peri
odicals, and sets, some of which are complete, some of which are
not, of the leading English, German, and French periodicals.
This library receives in exchange fo r the publications o f the
observatory, the publications of many o f the leading observa
tories o f the world.
The departmental library has been repeatedly enriched
through the benefactions o f Professor S. J. Cunningham. Upon
her retirement in 1906, she donated her private library. In 1908
she gave a fund which was spent for the library, and in 1910
she gave a fund the income o f which will be devoted to the pur
chase o f books and periodicals. A fund given by Senator William
C. Sproul has made possible the purchase of complete files of
various astronomical periodicals and other astronomical publica
tions.
COURSES IN MATHEMATICS
251. Solid Geometry.
Wells and Hart,
252. Algebra.
T h ree
Mr. Pitman.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r .
S o lid G e o m e tr y .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Assistant Professor Marriott.
h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s t e r , a n d
s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
tw o
h ou rs
a
w eek
d u r in g
secon d
The fundamental operations and their laws of combination. A Short review of
factoring and simultaneous equations. The transformation theorems; remainder
theorem; symmetric functions; differences; permutations and combinations; bi
nominal theorem; series; theory of equations; determinants and elimination. Fine,
C o lle g e A lg e b r a .
253. Trigonometry.
T h ree
h ou rs a w e e k
a n n u a lly .
Assistant Professor Marriott and Mr. Pitman.
d u r in g fir s t
s e m e s te r ;
r e p e a te d i n
secon d
s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d
The trigonometric ratios; reduction of trigonometric identities; solution of trig
onometric equations; inverse functions; solution of triangles and use of tables.
Palmer and Leigh, T r ig o n o m e tr y .
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OP INSTRUCTION
254. Analytic Geometry.
139
Professor Miller.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Theory o f Cartesian and Polar coordinates; the straight line; the conic sections;
the general equation o f the second degree. Wilson and Tracey, A n a ly tic G e o m e tr y . .
Prerequisites, Courses 252 and 253.
255. Differential Calculus.
Assistant Professor Marriott.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
A study o f text, supplemented by an occasional lecture.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Granville, D iffe r e n t ia l a n d
I n te g r a l C a lcu lu s.
Prerequisite, Course 254.
256. Integral Calculus.
Assistant Professor Marriott.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g th e first s e m e s te r .
A study o f text, supplemented by lectures.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Granville, D iffe r e n t ia l a n d I n te g r a l
C a lcu lu s.
Prerequisite, Course 255.
257. Analytical Mechanics.
Professor Miller.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Composition and resolution of forces; center o f gravity; moments; velocity; accelera
tion; collision o f bodies; the integration of simple equations of motion. One of the
purposes o f the course is to develop facility in applying mathematical formula} and
methods to the investigation o f physical phenomena.
Open to students who have credit in Course 256.
258. Theory o f Equations and Determinants.
Assistant Professor Marriott.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d/uring fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Cajori, T h e o r y o f E q u a tio n s .
Prerequisite, Course 254.
259. Solid Analytic Geometry.
Professor Miller.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d/uring s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Pine and Thompson, C o o r d in a te G e o m e tr y , supplemented by lectures.
Prerequisite, Course 255.
260. Advanced Calculus.
Professor Miller.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g first s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Total and partial derivatives; theory o f infinitesimals; development of series;
definite integrals; approximations. The aim of the course is three-fold: to ground
the student in the elementary work which has preceded it; to afford the merest in
troduction to the theory o f functions; and to develop skill in the application of the
principles of the Calculus to Geometry, and Mechanics. Osgood, C a lcu lu s.
Open to students having credit in 257, 258, and 259.
261. (a ) The Mathematics o f Insurance.. Assistant Professor Marriott and
Mr. Johnson.
O ffe r e d i n a lte r n a te y e a r s .
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d in
1917-18.
.
Permutations and combinations; theory o f probability; method of finite differences;
a study o f Part I o f Actuaries’ Textbook. Completion o f this course, and o f the
regular courses in algebra, plane geometry, plane trigonometry, plane analytic geom
etry, differential and integral calculus should enable the student to proceed with the
examinations for admission to the Actuarial Society o f America.
Prerequisite, Course 256.
140
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
261. (&) Navigation, Range Finding, and Ballistics.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g first s e m e s te r .
G iv e n i n 1917-18.
(a ) The determination of latitude and .longitude from sextant observations; Mer
cator’s charts; compass deviation.
(b ) The principles o f range finding.
(c ) The elements o f interior and exterior Ballistics.
Prerequisite, Course 255.
265. Differential Equations. - Assistant Professor Marriott.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
study o f ordinary and partial differential equations, with their applications to
geometrical, physical, and mechanical problems.
Prerequisite, Course 256.
A
266. Mathematical Analysis.
T h ree
Assistant Professor Marriott.
h o u r s a w e e k f a r i n g fir s t s e m e s te r ,
s e m e s te r .
G iv e n i n 1916-17.
and
tw o
h ou rs
a w eek
d u r in g
secon d
An introduction to higher mathematical analysis, including the number concept from
a standpoint o f regular sequences; number fields and domains; properties of func
tions of real and complex variables, linear transformations and collineations; matrices
and invariants. The course is intended as a transition from the elementary to the
higher mathematics.
Open to Seniors and Graduates majoring in Mathematics*
270. Teachers 1 Course.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
The aim of the course is: (a ) To study the fundamental assumptions of geometry
and o f algebra; (b ) to study the more elementary parts of the history of math
ematics; (c ) to discuss method o f presentation; to consider the sequence of subjects;
to review modern elementary texts.
Prerequisites, Courses 251, 252, and 254.
COURSES IN ASTRONOMY
262. Descriptive Astronomy.
Professor Miller.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
A study of the fundamental facts and laws o f Astronomy, and of the methods and
instruments o f modern astronomical research. The course is designed to give infor
mation rather than to train scientists. A study of the textbook will be supplemented
by lectures illustrated by lantern slides from photographs made at various observa
tories.' The class will learn the more conspicuous constellations and have an oppor
tunity to see the various types o f celestial objects through the telescope. The treat
ment is non-mathematical. Moulton, I n t r o d u c t io n to A s t r o n o m y .
Prerequisite, Solid Geometry.
263. -Practical Astronomy.
Mr. Pitman.
H o u r to he a rr a n g e d .
Theory and use o f the transit instrument; determination of time; the latitude of
Swarthmore; theory of the determination of longitude.
Intended fo r students of
Astronomy and Engineering and those desiring to take the civil service examinations
for positions in the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey.
Prerequisites, Courses 255 and 262.
264. Orbit Computation.
Mr. Pitman.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k f a r i n g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
Central orbits;
O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
computation o f the orbit of a comet or an asteroid.
S h o r t M e th o d .
Open to Juniors and Seniors having credit in 267.
Leuschner’s
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
267. MJethod o f Least Squares.
141
Mr. Pitman.
O ffe r e d i n 1917-18.
The law o f errors; the probability curve; adjustment of observations; weights
and probable errors. , The theory will be applied to practical problems in astronomy.
A few supplementary lectures will be given on the methods of interpolation and
mechanical quadratures.
Merriman, L e a s t S q u a r e s .
Open to Juniors and Seniors.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g first s e m e s te r .
268. Special Courses.
Graduate students may work in conjunction with one o f the professors on any
problem upon which a professor is working. The student is encouraged to familiarize
himself with the literature of the problem in hand and to ground himself in its fun
damental principles.
Undergraduate students are directed in the preparation of papers for which it is
necessary to make a rather extensive examination of the accessible literature touching
a given subject.
269. Celestial Mechanics.
Assistant Professor Marriott.
T h r e e h o u r s a w e e k ¿h irin g th e s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
G iv e n in 1916-17.
Physics
The instruction in this department is under the direction of
Professor Harvey C. Hayes.
The department aims to give such a thorough and general
training in the subject during the first two years’ work as will
enable one to pursue intelligently the work given in engineering
and advance work in any department of physics. This work
also affords ample preparation for teaching Physics in high
schools and preparatory schools.
Instruction, in most of the courses, is supplemented by rigor
ous laboratory work. The apparatus used in connection with
this work is all modern and mostly new.
The laboratory is well equipped for advanced work in the
study of light, or electricity and magnetism.
Students who major in Physics must be prepared to do faith
ful and painstaking work. They should, if possible, start the
work in the freshman year. They must have a reading knowl
edge of either French or German before entering the work of
the Junior year.
Those who major in Physics may equip themselves for the
following pursuits: post-graduate work in any leading univer
sity, or research work in most of the numerous industrial labora
tories.
142
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
No credit will be given for the first semester’s work in Courses
271 and 272 unless followed by the work o f the second semester.
THE COURSES IN PHYSICS
271. General Physics.
T h r e e h o u r s th r o u g h o u t th e yea/r.
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Two hours o f lecture and three hours o f laboratory work each week. The solution
o f practical problems involving the various laws which are studied forms a regular
and important part of the student’s work.
Open to Freshmen.
272. Advanced General Physics.
T h r e e h o u r s th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Two hours of lecture and three hours o f laboratory work each week. Problem
work will be assigned throughout the year.
Open to students who have passed Course 271, or who, in the opinion of the in
structor, are prepared for this more advanced work.
273. Magnetic and Electrical Measurements.
T h r e e h o u r s f o r fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
One or two hours o f lecture at the pleasure of the instructor and from three to
five hours o f laboratory work each week. The course is designed for familiarizing
the student with the construction and use of modern standard electrical and mag
netic measuring instruments. The laboratory work consists in measuring with ex
treme accuracy, resistance, electromotive force, current, capacity, inductance, and
magnetic properties. Both practical and theoretical problems dealing with subjects
of electricity and magnetism are assigned regularly.
Open to students who have passed Course 272.
274. Theories o f Magnetism.
T h r e e h o u r s d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
Two hours o f lecture and three hours o f laboratory each week. The laboratory
work consists in studying the magnetic properties of iron and other metals and the
variation in these properties produced by various heat and mechanical treatments.
Open to students who have passed Course 273.
276. The Conduction o f Electricity Through Gases.
O n e h o u r a w e e k d u r in g fir s t s e m e s te r .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
One hour o f lecture each week. The subject is developed historically' and deals
with the Cathode Bay, the Canal Bays, and the X-Bays, and their relation to the
a , (3t and y radiations given out by radium and other radio-active substances.
The
purpose of the course is to familiarize the student with some of the modern views
concerning the constitution of matter.
Open to students who have passed Course 272.
277. Light.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k d u r in g s e c o n d s e m e s te r . O ffe r e d in 1917-18.
One hour o f lecture and three hours o f laboratory work each week. The subject
is developed, and the various phenomena explained, in accordance with the wave
theory. The laboratory work consists in reproducing and obtaining a photographic
record of these phenomena.
Open to students who have passed Course 272.
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
143
Physical Education.
The aim o f the departments of Physical Education is to pro
mote the general physical well being o f the students, and to
assist them to gain the hygienic, corrective, and educative effect
of rightly regulated exercise.
In order that this object may be better attained, and to assist
the directors in gaining a definite knowledge of the strength
and weakness of the individual, a careful physical examination
and medical inspection (eye, nose, and throat) is required, which
serves as a basis for the work.
A ll students must take the prescribed work in Physical Educa
tion. It is strongly recommended that, before entering College,
each student undergo a thorough visual examination and be fitted
with glasses, i f there is a need for them.
F or a general statement in regard to the facilities for physical
training at Swarthmore see pages 31 and 32.
Physical Education of the Men
Instruction in this department is under the direction of E.
LeRoy Mercer, M.D.
Two hours a week of regular prescribed work are required of
all men in the first and second year classes.
Intercollegiate contests in various athletic and aquatic sports
are conducted by the Athletic Association, but under the over
sight of the Athletic Committee and the Director of Physical
Education, who may at any time forbid any man entering a con
test whose physical condition is not satisfactory.
1. Physical Education.
Dr. Mercer.
T w o h o w s a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r
(tw o s e c tio n s ).
This course is required of all first-year men, who may elect from the following
during the fall months, opening of college to Thanksgiving recess: Football, lacrosse,
cross-country, track, and tennis.
Ending o f Thanksgiving recess to spring recess: The classes meet in the gym
nasium and the work consists o f gymnastics and athletics so fitted to the students’
life that it will be both beneficial and pleasant.
Ending of spring recess to Commencement, election may be made from the follow
ing: Baseball, lacrosse, track, and tennis.
Freshmen will be required to attend one swimming period weekly.
144
SWARTHMOKE COLLEGE BULLETIN
2. Physical Education.
Dr. Mercer.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k th r o u g h o u t th e y e a r ( tw o s e c t i o n s ) .
This course is required o f all second-year men.
is similar to Course 1, hut more advanced.
3. Physical Education.
The.plan and nature of the work
Dr. Mercer.
J u n io r s a n d S e n io r s , o n e h o u r ea c h w e e k
'
(o p tio n a l).
From Thanksgiving recess to the spring recess, gymnastic exercises and recreative
games.
4. Hygiene.
Dr. Mercer.
O n e h o u r a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g R e c e s s to S p r in g R e c e s s .
This course is required o f all first-year men.
Offered annually.
Physical Education of the Women
This department is under the direction o f Lillian Shaw and
Dr. Mary R. Hadley Lewis.
One hour of exercise each day except Sunday is required of
all resident and non-resident women students throughout their
college course. Two of these periods of each week must be
spent in supervised classwork— field hockey in the fall, classwork in the gymnasium in the winter, basket ball and tennis in
the spring. On the other four days of the week some form of
outdoor exercise must be taken. This may he tennis, riding,
cross-country tramps, or swimming. Exceptions to these re
quirements are made only for physical disability and at the dis
cretion of the physician in charge, in which case suitable work
is prescribed. Exercise in the gymnasium, swimming and all
athletic sports are under the personal supervision of the director.
First-year students are required to attend a course of lectures
in Hygiene, given once a week during the first and second
semester.
Application for information in regard to the regulation dress
for athletics and gymnastics should be made to the Dean.
1. First Year Gymnastics.
Miss Shaw.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k fr o m T h a n k s g iv in g to th e S p r in g R e c e s s .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Required of first-year students.
Elementary .German and Swedish gymnastics, gymnastic games, and folk-dancing.
In addition, one hour o f swimming a week is required of first-year students.
2. Second Year Gymnastics.
Miss Shaw.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g to th e S p r in g R e c e s s .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Required o f second-year students.
German and Swedish gymnastics (more advanced than Course 1 ), gymnastic games,
and folk-dancing.
One period a week of swimming is required, in addition«
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
3. Third Year Gymnastics.
145
Miss Shaw.
T w o h o u r s a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g to th e S p r in g R e c e s s .
O ffered, a n n u a lly .
Required o f third-year resident students.
German and Swedish gymnastics (more advanced than Course 2 ), gymnastic games,
and folk-dancing.
One period a week o f swimming is required, in addition.
4. Fourth Year Gymnastics.
Miss Shaw.
T w o h o u r 8 a w e e k fr o m T h a n k s g iv in g to th e S p r in g R e c e s s .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Required o f fourth-year resident students.
German and Swedish gymnastics (more advanced than Course 3 ), gymnastic games,
and folk-dancing.
5. Fencing.
Mass Shaw.
O n e p e r io d a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g to th e S p r in g R e c e s s .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Open to Juniors and Seniors as an elective period in addition to the two required
hours a week.
6 . Advanced Elective Gymnastics.
Miss Shaw.
O n e h o u r a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g to th e S p r i n g R e c e s s .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Open only to members of the class gymnastic squads in addition to the two required
hours a week.
Advanced apparatus work, advanced marching, and gymnastic games.
7. Beginners 9 Elective Gymnastics.
Miss Shaw.
O n e h o u r a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g to M a y .
8 . Beginners’ Elective Dancing.
Miss Shaw.
O n e h o u r a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g to M a y .
O ffe r e d a n n u a lly .
Open to all students as an elective in addition to the two required hours a week.
.¿Esthetic dancing and advanced folk-dancing.
9. Advanced Elective Dancing.
Miss Shaw.
O n e h o u r a w e e k f r o m T h a n k s g iv in g to M a y .
Open to students who have an elementary knowledge of dancing.
.¿Esthetic dancing and advanced folk-dancing.
10. Special Corrective Gymnastics.
Miss Bransom.
Advised for students who need special attention because of poor carriage, slight
curvatures, or weak arches.
Daily work on the part o f the student in addition to a period once a week with the
instructor.
11. Swimming.
Ability to swim is a part o f the requirement in Physical Education.
/
10
STUDENTS, 1917-18
G raduate S tudents
Name.
Major Subject.
Residence.
Astronomy,
Philadelphia.
A.S., Swarthmore College, 1916.
B bown , H azel H emphill ,
I nglis, H elen P lagg,
Philadelphia.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1917.
J oyce, E m ily P arry , •
Pub. Speaking, Swarthmore.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1917.
S medley, Caroline H allowell , Astronomy,
Los Angeles, Cal.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 19IS.
Stephenson , B uth ,
Philadelphia.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1916.
U ndergraduate S tudents
A bell, W alter H alsey ,
English,
A dams , A lice N aomi,
Psychology,
A insworth , E ric,
A lbertson , E dith A gnes,
Chemistry,
A lbertson , J ohn Gilbert,
Chem. Engin.,
Albright , W illiam B laine ,
A llen , J ames E verett,
Chem. Engin.,
A nderson, M arion,
Latin,
A ndrews, E lizabeth H olbert,
English,
A rnold, John P atton ,
English,
A rthur , D oris A ylmer ,
Mathematics,
A shmead , Charles Colliday,
Elect. Engin.,
A thebholt , E lizabeth M iddleton,
A tkins , P rank E dward, J r .,
Mech. Engin.)
A tkin s , H elen M arie,
Pub. Speaking,
German,
A tkinson , E leanor W illiam s ,
A tkinson , T homas H oward,
Elect. Engin.,
A tlee, Charles B iddle,
Elect. Engin.,
A tt.ee, Clara,
French,
B aily , M iriam E dith ,
B aird, P rances L aura,
Latin,
B aldwin , A rdis M ayhew ,
Psychology,
B allard, J udson T upper,
Chemistry,
B allein , H elen E lizabeth ,
English,
B allinger, Grace A gnes,
Pol. Science,
B amberger, D avid B einthal ,
(146)
Folsom.
Swarthmore.
Swarthmore.
Hillsdale, N. J.
Hillsdale, N. J.
Philadelphia.
West Chester.
Trenton, N. J.
Butherford, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Bosemont.
Beesley’s Point, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Merehantville, N. J.
Merchantville, N. J.
Trenton, N. J.
Trenton, 1ST. J.
Biverton, N. J.
Biverton, N. J.
Northbrook.
Wilmington, Del.
Baltimore, Md.
Philadelphia.
Winfield, Ean.
Philadelphia.
Cleveland, Ohio.
STUDENTS,
Name.
B arnard, J ulian W ilson ,
B arnard, N orris Clements ,
B arnes , H arold F reeman ,
B arth , E lizabeth F redrikke,
B artleson, E dward E vans ,
B eatty , A nna J emima ,
B edell, M arion Gardner,
B ell, D orothea,
B elville, Catharine B eading,
B enjamin , E m ily Gail ,
B enjamin , Grant E merson ,
B erg, M ann Glück ,
B iddle, H elen B oberta,
B itler, H enry H alliwell , J r .,
B lackburn , D orothy Sellers,
B lau , B obert Sloss,
B odine, D avid M onroe,
B ogardus, J ames F urnas,
B ope, J ulia T hurston ,
B oring, D orothy B each ,
B oughton, F rederick A nthony ,
B oureau, H arry N ickles ,
B ower, E thelwyn ,
B ressler, A lexander Dupold,
B riggs, I sabel M oK elvey ,
B rinton , Grace,
B ronk , D etlev W ulf ,
B rown , B oyd J anney ,
B rown , J ane P ancoast,
B rown , J anet M cP herson ,
B rown , K enneth B ent,
B ryan , W ilhelmina Dorothy,
B ucher, E lla B arbara,
B uckman , E m ily M arian ,
B uckman , F ranklin P reston,
B unting , Charlotte A ndrews,
B urke , M ildred B unkle ,B urn , P hilip H aviland,
B urnett, George L eslie ,
B utler, E leanors A lbina ,
Campbell , M arjorie B eeves,
Campbell , M ary A lexander ,
Carman , L ouise,
Carr, B obert F rost,
Caeeis, E dward Clayton,
Casey , George W hitman , J r .,
147
1917-18
Major Subject.
Residence.
Bryn Mawr.
Mech. Engin., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Elect. Engin., Swarthmore.
Philadelphia.
Mech. Engin., Chester.
Chester.
Latin,
New London, Conn.
Chemistry,
New York, N. Y.
Trenton, N. J.
Economics,
Mathematics,
Detroit, Mich.
Engineering,
Detroit, Mich.
Chem. Engin., Philadelphia.
Biverton, N. J.
Biology,
Chem. Engin., Butledge.
Lock Haven.
Cleveland, Ohio.
Mathematics,
Trenton, N. J.
Economics,
Pol. Science,
Swarthmore.
Mathematics,
Akron, Ohio.
English,
Ashbourne.
Chemistry,
Tuxedo, N. Y.
Moorestown, N. J.
Engineering,
New York, N. Y.
Mathematics,
Mech. Engin., 1 Philadelphia.
English,
Washington, D. C.
Christiana.
Elect. Engin., Troy, N. Y .
Mathematics,
Washington, D. C.
Leesburg, Ya.
English,
Washington, D. C.
Psychology,
Chemistry,
Pendleton, Ind.
Buckingham.
Pub. Speaking, Lansdowne.
Trenton, N. J.
Biology,
Chemistry,
Trenton, N. J.
Swarthmore.
Harrisburg.
Mathematics,
Civil Engin.,
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Engineering,
Narberth.
English,
Bridgeton, N. J.
English,
Hopkinsville, K y.
Washington, D. C.
English,
Chappaqua, N. Y .
Economics,
Elect. Engin., Haddonfield, N. J.
Swarthmore.
148
SW ARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Name.
Major Subject.
Caughey , H elen L ivingston ,
Mathematics,
Chandler, P aul W illiam ,
Ghent. Engin.,
Chappelle, E va H elen,
Mathematics,
Christie , L orna B eatrice,
Biology,
Clark , J anett,
Mathematics,
Clark , L ena Caroline,
Chem. Engin.,
Cleaver, H olstein D eH aven ,
English,
Coffin, D orothy D rew,
Chemistry,
Coleman , Coates, J r .,
French,
Coleman , V irginia L a w s ,
Economics,
Coles, Charles B enjamen ,
Coles, Charlesanna B enajah ,
Pub. Speaking,
Coles, M arguerite,
Collins , L eon H oward, J r .,
Colvin, H enry B red,
Conahey , George, J r .,
History,
Conner, V iola M artha ,
Pub. Speaking,
Conrad, H elen Dorothy,
Conw ay , J ohn F rederick,
French,
Cook, F lorence L ongstreth,
Coolbaugh, M argaret V irginia , History,
Economics,
Cope, M argaretta,
Economies,
Oornog, A llison Griscom ,
Chemistry,
Cornog, W illiam L indsay ,
Mathematics,
Corson, E w ing T ibbels,
History,
Coy, Geraldine M iles ,
Crenshaw , D elma G. P oindexter,
Crosley, M ary I ngraham ,
English,
Cross, R uth H a y ,
Mathematics,
D arlington, Dorothea L indsay , Biology,
D arlington, H elen E lizabeth , History,
D arlington, R ichard A rment ,
Chem. Engirt.,
D avenport, J oseph M iller,
French,
D avies, E dna M a y ,
Elect. Engin.,
D avis , L ouis N ichols , J r .,
D ennison , D avid M athias ,
Mathematics,
D eputy , H elen Gertrude,
English,
Deputy , M arion E stelle,
Mathematics,
D ewees, Clara K nebr,
Mech. Engin.,
D ickinson , W a i / ter Carroll,
Donnelly , F rederick S tockham , Mathematics,
D onnelly, K atherine E liza ,
Mathematics,
D onovan, M ary N atalie ,
Latin,
Dotterer, M ary ,
Doyle, J ohn ,
English,
D rew , M arguerite P endleton,
Residence.
Bellevue.
Chadds Ford.
Barnesville, Ohio.
New Brunswick, N. J.
Media.
Southwest Harbor, Me.
Conshohocken.
Indianola, Iowa.
Swarthmore.
Swarthmore.
Moorestown, N. J.
Moorestown, N. J.
Moorestown, N. J.
Merchantville, N. J.
East Orange, N. J.
Port Norris, N. J.
Centerville, Del.
Doylestown.
Sistersville, W . Va.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Ithan.
Ithan.
Ocean City, N. J.
Glencoe, 111.
W allingford.
Melrose Park.
Qynwyd.
Darling.
Pomeroy.
Chadds Ford Junction.
Thomas, W . Va.
Philadelphia.
West Chester.
Swarthmore.
Glenolden.
Glenolden.
Birchrunville.
Montclair, N. J.
Trenton, N. J.
Trenton, N. J.
Wilmington, Del.
Wayne.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
STUDENTS,
Name.
D udley, J ohn W oolman,
D ubbin, W ili .tam H olmes,
E agan, T homas L eggett,
E avenson, H annah T omlinson ,
E lsbbee, W ayland H oyt,
E llsworth , A bigail M ary ,
E mbery , M argaret W ilson ,
E vans , E dna P riscilla ,
E vans , H enry T urner,
E well , P rank O tis,
F ahnestock , K atherine V.,
F aries, J ean R eichner,
F ell, D avid B rama N,
F etter, F rank W hitson ,
F etter, J ohn R obert,
F isher , E lizabeth A gnes,
F itts , A lfred F rank ,
F ord, Carroll P atterson,
F rancis , T ench ,
F rescoln, M ary L ovett,
F ricke, A lice B ird,
F rorer, E lizabeth N eumann ,
Gardiner, A rthur W ilfred,
Gaskill , H elen Gertrude,
Gawthrop , W illiam R alph ,
Gegg, M ary Gladys ,
Gillam , Clifford R iggs,
Gillespie , F ranklin Simcor,
Glrdwood, E ugene N elson,
Glenn , V irginia A valon,
Goette, Charlotte M ay ,
Goodall, M ary H all,
Gourley, R ussell Conwell ,
Gowdy, E dw in T udor,
Green, E leanor W ickersham ,
Greiner, H arriette L ouise,
Griffiths , J osephine M urray,
Gbiscom , D avid D avis ,
Griscom , H elen L ydia ,
Grobert, N orman B ird,
Groff, B enjam in E ngle,
Guss, Catherine ,
H aldeman , Charles W aldo, J r .,
H all, E rvin L incoln ,
H all , E sther N ichols ,
H allauer, E m ily E lizabeth ,
1917-18
Major Subject.
Chem. Engirt.,
History,
Pol. Science,
English,,
English,
Mech. Engin.,
Mech. Engin.,
Pub. Speaking,
English,
English,
Mathematics,
Pol. Science,
Biology,
Civil Engin.,
Mech. Engin,,
Pub. Speaking,
Mathematics,
Civil Engin.,
Latin,
Chem. Engin.,
Latin,
Mech. Engin.,
Biology,
Economics,
History,
History,
History,
Pol. Science,
History,
Mathematics,
Mathematics,
Economics,
Chemistry,
Chem. Engin.,
French,
Economics,
Elect. Engin.,
English,
English,
149
Residence.
Washington, D. C.
Narberth.
Washington, D. C.
Masonville, N. J.
Preston Hollow, N. Y.
Riverton, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Masonville, N. J.
Port Washington, N. Y.
Philadelphia.
Harrisburg.
Bala.
Ogontz.
Princeton, N. J.
Hopewell, N. J.
Glen Ridge, N. J.
Washington, N. J.
Norwood,
Brooklyn, N. Y .
Swarthmore.
Swarthmore.
Philadelphia.
West Chester.
Swarthmore.
Lancaster.
Philadelphia.
Langhome.
Nottingham.
Swarthmore.
Punxsutawney.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Melrose Park.
Thompsonville, Conn.
Fox Chase.
Lansdowne.
Norristown. .
Marlton, N. J.
Salem, N. J.
East Orange, N. J.
Elizabethtown.
Swarthmore.
Malvern.
Philadelphia.
Chester.
Philadelphia.
150
SW ARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Name.
H alsted, J ess ,
H ammond , D orothy M cClellan ,
H ammond , Gladys B ower,
H arrington, A very D raper, J r.,
H arvey, W illiam M inton ,
H astings , L anta Corinne,
H ause, F rances,
H aviland, M argaret,
H aviland, M yrton B dth ,
H ayes , E sther B achel ,
H ayes , George P assmore,
H ays , D oris M aria ,
H eaoock, B alph H anderson,
H eald, P usey B ancroft,
H eavner, F rank B alston, J r .,
H eck , J oshua H olland,
H errmann , Dorothy D rew ,
H ess , P aul M itchell ,
H examer , H ildegarde M arie,
H ewett , W illiam W allace,
H ickling , B arbara F orrester,
H ilgert, J ohn M addux,
H oag, M arion L eslie,
H odge, D avid M alcolm ,
H odge, B ichard Gambrill ,
H olden, J ames M inshall ,
H ollingshead, E lwood B oger,
H olman , F ran k H azen, J r.,
H olmes , E sther F isher ,
H olmes, J esse H erman ,
H oot, H enry I rvin ,
H owell , Charles M anly ,
H oyt , E lla E gberts,
H uey , W illiam E onald,
H ughes, E lsie M ay ,
H unter, A m y V ivien ,
I rw in , W illiam Y ates , J r .,
J ackson , George Bement ,
J acobs, I sabel Sutton,
J enkins , F rancis A rthur ,
J enkins , H oward M alcolm ,
J enkins , M iriam A tkinson ,
J ohnson , Charles I rw in ,
J ohnson , D orothy A gnes,
J ohnson , J esse Gearing,
J ones, E lizabeth Catherine ,
Major Subject.
Residence.
Sheboygan,Wis.
West Chester.
Boonton, N. J.
English,
Philadelphia.
Chester.
Chemistry,
Danville, 111.
Engineering,
West Chester.
French,
Brooklyn, N. Y .
French,
Port Jefferson, N. Y .
Swarthmore.
English,
West Chester.
English,
Kennett Square.
English,
Swarthmore.
Civil Engin.,
Elect. Engin., Wilmington, Del.
Norristown.
Elect. Engin., West Chester.
Kensington, Md.
Economics,
Elect. Engin., Dallastown.
Philadelphia.
Bistory,.
Philadelphia.
Economics,
Swarthmore.
Chem. Engin., Booth wyn.
Sayville, N. Y.
English,
Pol. Science, • Chester.
Mech. Engin., Washington, D. C.
Chester.
Civil Engin.,
Moorestown, N. J.
English, '
Mech. Engin., Swarthmore.
Biverton, N. J.
Pol. Science,
Swarthmore.
Engineering,
Mech. Engin., Philadelphia.
Millville, N. J.
Civil Engin.,
Camden, N. J. ■
French,
Chem. Engin., Kennett Square.
Butherford, N. J.
Latin,
Media.
English,
Chem. Engin., Norwood.
Brooklyn, N. Y.
Engineering,
Pub. ■Speaking, Philadelphia.
Chem. Engin., Chicago, 111.
Elect. Engin., Swarthmore.
Swarthmore.
French,
Chem. Engin., Chester Heights.
Alexandria, Va.
Mathematics,
Bridgeton, N. J.
Civil Engin.,
Ebensburg.
Economies,
STUDENTS,
1917-18
Residence.
Major Subject.
Name.
Pottstown.
J ones, E lizabeth Gest ,
Cleveland, Ohio.
J oseph , E dw in M orris,
Meek. Engin., Swarthmore.
J oyce, R obert Sw ift ,
Knoxville.
J udd, P eeston H eney ,
Latin,
Mansfield.
J udge, M aey E leanor,
Narberth.
J ustice, E lizabeth S yng ,
Biology,
Philadelphia.
K aplan , E thel J ohanna ,
History,
Chemistry,
East Orange, N. J.
K aplan , Gabriel L ouis ,
•Philadelphia.
K atzenbach , H oward B leasdale ,
Lansdowne.
K een®, E dith E leanor,
Easton, Md.
Economics,
K emp , W illiam P owell,
Philadelphia.
History,
K ing, W illetta B lanche ,
Philadelphia.
K insley , D orothy A rmstrong,
Wilkes-Barre.
K istler, M arjorie E stelle ,
English,
K istler, Clara R uth ,
Pub. Speaking, Shenandoah.
Chem. Engin., Philadelphia.
K lauder, D avid S treeper, J r.,
Fairhill.
K lemm , E lizabeth B opp,
Biology,
Philadelphia.
K nabe, E lizabeth ,
Philadelphia.
K night, H elen Cooper,
K nox , George M oore,
Mech. Engin., West Chester.
Engineering,
Philadelphia.
K olb, George H enry ,
Lansdowne.
K oller, D orothy P atterson,
White Plains, N. Y
Latin,
K omori, P hyllis M ik i ,
Brooklyn, N. Y.
K raemer, E rna Charlotte,
English,
West Chester.
K eeemer, Sarah E lizabeth ,
K urtz, M abel Morgan,
Latin,
Reading. '
Pol. Science,
East Petersburg.
L andis , D avid A llen ,
Elect. Engin., East Petersburg.
L andis , H arry H artman , J r.,
Mech. Engin., Rutledge.
L ang, H arry W illiam ,
Economics,
Chester.
L arkin , Charles P lummer ,
Philadelphia.
L eblang, H elen R uth ,
Chemistry,
Upland.
L eeder, George B rown ,
Pub. Speaking, Lansdowne.
L ew is , J essie L ouise,
French,
L ew is , L ouise K er,
West Chester.
Moorestown, N. J.
L ippincott, A lice Geraldine,
Riverton, N. J.
L ippincott, L ucy ,
Philadelphia.
L ittell, M argaret R utherford, German,
L ongstbeth, J ohn Clampitt ,
Mech. Engin., Philadelphia.
L ucas , D orothy F ordyce,
History,
Atlantic City, N. .7
Moore.
L ukens , Charles W ildey,
Civil Engin.,
Crum Lynne.
L ukens , J ames W illie,
Llanerch.
L ukens , M ary L yndell,
Latin,
Swarthmore.
L ungren, Charles H oward, J r.,
»
M cA llister , T ownsend S herman , Elect. Engin., Denver, Colo.
Philadelphia.
M acartney, H elen V ogdbs,
Latin,
M cCabe, M artha Gertrude,
Selbyvilie, Del.
English,
151
152
SW ARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Name..
M cClellan , B ess ,
M cClung, R uth Cromwell ,
M cN eel, L etitia T yler ,
M ace, J uliet Canby ,
M achemer , F rank K rick ,
M acksey , R aymond E dward,
M ammel , A lbert Conard,
M arkle, M ary A nna ,
M artin , H elen M oore,
M arvel, Gladys M argaret,
M asters, J ohn A lexander,
M ather , J ohn L indsay , J r .,
M aule, W alter W illiam ,
M ayhew , Sara J ane ,
M eans , E thel Gibbons,
M ears, Charles S ingleton,
MIeeteer, M arie L ouise,
M eigs, I da E lizabeth ,
M endenhall, E dith W ilson ,
M endenhall, J ames H orace,
M ichener, Charles R aymond ,
M iller, E lizabeth R ulon,
M iller, F rances K atharine ,
M olloy, J ames H oward,
M oore, A bigail I rene,
M oore, C harlotte E mma ,
M oore, Grace E dna,
M oore, Harold E arl ,^
M organ, A lice L ouise,
M organ, D onald Sw ain ,
M organ, Rowland R ichard,
M orris, D orothy F oster,
M orrison, B ayard H unter, J r.,
M oylan , W illiam Staunton ,
M yers , A llen I saac,
N agle, M ary ,
N ay , Clarence P aul ,
N eff, Charles,
N elson, A lbert N oel,
N euenschwander, P aul W ells,
N evyas , J acob,
N ewcomer, B eatrice K ent ,
N ewcomer, E sther A nne ,
N ewton , M abel Gladys ,
N oble, E m ily L ucile,
N orris, W illiam H enry ,
Major Subject.
French,
Biology,
English,
Chemistry,
Civil. Engin.,
Chem. Engin.
Engineering,
English,
English,
Latin,
Mech. Engin.,
Economics,
History,
History,
German,
Engineering,
English,
Latin,
Economics,
Mech. Engin.,
Biology,
History,
Chemistry,
Latin,
Chem Engin.,
English,
Engineering,
Chemistry,
English,
Chemistry,
Mech. Engin.,
Chem. Engin.,
French,
History,
Civil Engin.,
Mathematics,
Mech. Engin.,
Chemistry,
Biology,
Economics,
English,
Latin,
Economics,
Besidence.
Arden, N. Y.
Swarthmore.
Birmingham, Ala.
Wilmington, Del.
Royersford. ■
East Orange, N. J.
North Wales.
Buck Run.
West Chester,
Flushing, N. Y.
Kokomo, Ind.
Wayne.
Coatesville.
Bridgeton, N. J.
Swarthmore.
Philadelphia.
Middletown, N. Y .
Philadelphia.
Toughkenamon.
Toughkenamon.
Bendersville.
Riverton, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
York.
Coatesville.
Philadelphia.
Elizabeth, N. J.
New York, N. Y .
Knightstown, Ind.
Knightstown, Ind.
Philadelphia.
Swarthmore.
Swarthmore.
Hagerstown Md.
Philadelphia.
Sheridan Ind.
Philadelphia.
Lebanon, Ind.
Sistersville, W. Ya.
West Chester.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Lake Ronkonkoma, N. Y
Collingswood, N. J.
Easton, Md.
STUDENTS,
Name.
Oehrle, M ary E lizabeth ,
Ogden, J ohn M ahlon ,
Qrndokff, E uth M arie,
P ackard, V irginia M orse,
P agelow, P aula,
P aine , Dorothy B elle,
P alm , K atharine N aomi,
P almer , E dgar Zavitz,
P assmore, H orace B ranson ,
P axson , E leanor M ary ,
P ax son , M ary D orothy,
P earson, A ndrew R ussell ,
P earson, L eon M orris,
P ell , Gladys S eaman ,
P enrose, L uoy M arie,
P entz , Sarah V irginia ,
P hilips , Caroline,
P hilips , E sther H ewes ,
P h ilips , T homas H all ,
P ierce, A llin H ugh,
P lace, George W illiam ,
POSTLETHWAITE, VIRGINIA,
P owell, E dna M yrtle ,
P owell, George A lfred,
P owell, M argaret E lgar,
P owell, W illiam ,
P owers , M ary E lizabeth ,
P ratt, Carl D avis ,
P rice, K atherine V irginia,
P rice, T homas E owe, J r .,
P ugh , J oseph J anvier,
P urdy, P rances L ouise,
P yle , E lizabeth ,
Quayle , Osborne B obinson,
B ainier , L u cy A yres ,
B amsey , H elen A lexander ,
B app, A nna M argaretta,
B eese, N ellie B uth ,
B eichard, Gladys A manda ,
B eid, H elen H utchinson ,
B eilly , W illiam J oseph ,
B enshaw , H arriet H ale ,
B bynolds, A ngus M arshall ,
B eynolds, Gregg D avid,
B hoads, Catharine Ott ,
B ichardson, Clare P rances,
1917-18
153
Residence.
Philadelphia.
Ogden.
Philadelphia.
Atlantic City, N. J.
Swarthmore.
Scranton.
Mt. Penn.
Chester.
Oxford.
Swarthmore.
Parkesburg.
Swarthmore.
Swarthmore.
Saddle Biver, N. J.
Philadelphia.
DuBois.
Swarthmore.
Plainfield, N. J.
Swarthmore.
Port Dodge, Iowa.
Swarthmore.
New Boehelle, N. Y.
Chester.
Glen Head, N. Y.
Lansdowne.
Philadelphia.
Lancaster.
Biology,
Chem. Engin., West Chester.
Brookline, Mass.
English,
Glyndon, Md.
Chemistry,
Mathematics, Lansdowne.
Mathematics, Jersey City, N. J.
Washington, D. C.
French,
Chem. Engin.) Wilmington, Del.
Cedarville, N. J.
Swarthmore.
French,
Llanerch.
Chemistry,
West Chester.
History,
Bangor, Pa..
Latin,
Lansdowne.
History,
West Chester.
English,
Philadelphia.
English,
Sanitaria Springs, N. Y.
Chem. Engin., West Chester.
Lansdowne.
Philadelphia.
Psychology,
Major Subject.
French,
History,
English,
English,
English,
Economics,
English,
Pol. Science,
Chemistry,
Biology,
Latin,
Economics,
English,
Economics,
French,
English,
French,
Biology,
Chem. Engin.,
Economics,
Mech. Engin.,
Biology,
English,
Engineering,
Astronomy,
154
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Name.
R ichardson, Elizabeth H ope,
Richmond , F lorence D unlap ,
R ichter, M argaret E lizabeth ,
R idpath , W illiam L incoln, J r .,
R oberts, M a r t T homas , '
R obertson, M arion T empleton ,
R obet, H elen K oons,
R obinson, M art Opal,
R odenboh, R uth P ratt,
R ogers, F lorence A llston ,
R ogers, H elen M a t ,
R ogers, Sarah T atlor ,
R ose, R ebecca,
R osenberg, Grace ,
R u n e , E leanor R ae,
R ussell, I rma K ipp ,
R uth , H enbt Swartlet ,
Samuel , H elen E thel ,
Satlor, D orotht E lizabeth ,
S cott, H elene B arrett,
Seaman , P hebe U nderhill,
Shoemaker , F lorence M ather ,
S hoemaker , H elena
Short, Clarence A lbert,
S hort, T homas A lbert,
Sickler, J oseph S heppard,
Siemons , A dele L tze ite ,
Sigler, H elen E lizabeth ,
Simpson , A ndrew ,
S m ith , E dmund P aul,
Smith , F rances E mm a ,
S mith , H enrietta A lbert,
S ntder, M art E sther ,
Spaceman , E llis Heeds, J r .,
Speakman , Charlotte P rice,
Spring, W allace N atlor ,
Stabler, Cornelia M iller ,
Stabler, E leanore P almer ,
Stallings , E ugene M ichener,
Stannaed, M a rt E lizabeth ,
Stotsenburg, E lizabeth ,
Stout, E linor Christina ,
Stout, M ildred Carm ant ,
Stow , W illiam H inchm an , J r .,
Strawn , Claire K athleen ,
Strawn , E veltn M artha ,
Major Subject.
English,
Residence.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Biology,
Philadelphia.
Economics,
Philadelphia.
English,
Swarthmore.
French,
Philadelphia.
Pub. Speaking, Philadelphia.
Mathematics, Winchester, Va.
English,
West Chester.
English,
Trenton, N. J.
Latin,
Trenton, N. J.
Economics,
Asheville, N. C.
Chester.
Latin,
New York, N. Y.
English,
Philipsburg.
Psychology,
Bedford.
Economics,
Lansdale.
English,
Morton.
Pottstown.
French,
Wilmington, Del.
History,
Jericho, N. Y.
English,
Philadelphia.
Lansdowne.
Chem. Engin., West Chester.
Engineering,
Merchantville, N. J.
Salem, N. J.
Pol. Science,
English,
New York, N. Y.
Biology,
Indianola, Iowa.
Elect. Engin., Darby.
Civil Engin.,
Philadelphia.
Ed. and Psych., Chatham.
English,
Swarthmore.
Psychology,
Quakertown.
Chem. Engin., Colorado Springs, Colo.
English,
Mt. Yernon, N. Y.
Elect. Engin., Salisbury, Md.
Pub. Speaking, Swarthmore.
Psychology,
Swarthmore.
Chemistry,
Danville, 111.
Biology,
Ambler.
Psychology,
Ridley Park.
History,
Wenonah, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Camden, N. J.
Economics,
Mathematics, Bethlehem.
Mathematics, Bethlehem.
STUDENTS,
Name.
Stubbs, H arold T heodore,
Styer, J ohn F ranklin ,
Sutch , I ona Genevieve,
S utton , D avid D ewey ,
Swartz , E llen Z eitler,
T ate, I rma J osephine ,
T aylor, E sther Gertrude,
T aylor, L eonard K . M.,
T aylor, M artha W alton ,
T aylor, T helma M arguerite,
T aylor, T homas N ewbold, J r .,
T aylor, W illiam Simpson ,
T hatcher , M ary A lberta,
T homas , D orothy,
T itus , E lizabeth W illets ,
T oeering, H elene Cablotta,
T omlinson , Gilbert E w ing ,
T rimmer , J ohn W illiam ,
T ulin , M akwbll Samuel ,
T urner, E dith Cook,
T yler, M ary E lizabeth ,
T yson , J osephine E lizabeth ,
U hl , R aymond W illiam ,
V alentine , A lan Chester,
V anderbilt, Chester W illets ,
V an L oon, E m ily L ois,
V ernam , M ary H eadley,
V etkoskey , Caroline,
W alker , N ellie L ee,
W aiters , M ary H erein,
W aples, J ames E dward,
W ard, E lizabeth ,
W are, M arian Cleveland,
W ashburn , Charlotte Graves,
W ashburn , R uth M ekeel,
W assm ann , Charles W eyman ,
W atson , D orothy M oore,
W atson , E lizabeth A tkinson ,
W ay , V irginia ,
W aygood, L ouise W ynkoop,
W ebb, Samuel B entley ,
W eber, E leanor,
W ebster, H arold S hoemaker ,
W eiss , L ena A melia ,
W est, George M alcolm ,
W estcott, M ii/ ton R iley ,
155
1917-18
Major Subject.
Chemistry,
History,
Mech. Engin.,
Latin,
Biology,
English,
Mech. Engin.,
English,
Mech. Engin.,
Chem. Engin.,
Pub. Speaking,
French,
French,
History,
Elect. Engin.,
Mathematics,
English,
Mathematics,
Latin,
Chem. Engin.,
Biology,
Latin,
Biology,
English,
Chem. Engin.,
Biology,
Biology,
French,
History,
Mathematics,
English,
Elect. Engin.,
Biology,
Mech. Engin.,
English,
Mech. Engin.,
Mech. Engin.,
Residence.
Oxford.
Concordville.
Philadelphia.
Sistersville, W. Va.
Punxsutawney.
Ridley Park.
Philadelphia.
West Chester.
Herndon, Va.
Jenkintown.
Baltimore, Md.
Chester.
Swarthmore.
Glen Cove, N. V .
Westbury, N. Y.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Mechanicsburg.
Hartford, Conn.
Belvidere, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Lansdowne.
Glen Cove, N. Y.
South Orange, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Trenton, N. J.
Lansdowne.
Norristown.
Chester.
Hammonton, N. J.
Camden, N. J.
Salem, N. J.
Chevy Chase, D. C.
Chappaqua, N. Y.
Bellaire, Ohio.
Spokane, Wash.
Doylestown.
Glen Cove, N. Y .
Glenside.
West Chester.
Norristown.
Philadelphia.
Newton Falls, Ohio.
Sayre.
Gradyville.
156
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Name.
W estfall , H e£ en M aeie,
W hitaker , A ndrew Slack ,
W hite , E milie H inds ,
W hite , J ohn J osiah , J r .,
W hiteside, B eatrice,
W ich , E velyn E ngel,
W idener, D ean Copper,
W igmoee, H arry Charles,
W ilcox , V irginia E lizabeth ,
W ildman , J osephine,
W illets , E dmund R obert,
W illets , M argaret V ail ,
W illiams , A nna S hourds,
W illiams , P rances B aker ,
W illiams , R uth Morgan,
W illiaed, M ildred E stelle,
W ilson , Grace T aylor,
W ilson , H elen E lizabeth ,
W ilson , J ohn Odgers Gilmore,
W ilson, M ary E lizabeth ,
W ilson , R alph E edman ,
W ithers , L ydia L ois,
W oerwag, M arion E milie ,
W oodrow, A line M athieson ,
W oodside, Cornelius S cott,
W oodward, R uth H arriet,
W orrell, H arriet E lizabeth ,
W right, B ernice,
W right, Catharine ,
Y ardley, Charles H enry ,
Y oder, Clarence H oward,
Y oung, D orothy,
Y oung, E dith Cora,
Y oung, E thel R eid,
Y oung, P rances W illard,
Y oung, H elen Gertrude,
Y oung, J anet Graham ,
Z artman , J osephine D ean ,
Zeitlin , R obert M orris,
Major Subject.
Latin,
Economics,
Chem. Engin.,
French,
Pol. Science,
History,
Mathematics,
Mech. Engin.,
History,
History,
Pol. Science,
English, ■
English,
History,
English,
Chem. Engin.,
Chemistry,
English,
Latin,
Chem. Engin.,
Biology,
Pol. Science,
English,
Mathematics,
Biology,
Pub. Speaking,
Mathematics,
Mathematics,
English,
Mathematics,
Latin,
Chem. Engin.,
Beeidence.
Milwaukee, Wis.
Glenside.
Plainfield, N. J.
Atlantic City, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Wilkes-Barre.
Okmulgee, Okla.
Glenolden.
Wilkinsburg.
Langhorne,
Trenton, N. J.
Trenton, N. J.
Bridgeton, N. J.
Norristown.
Chattanooga, Tenn.
Philadelphia.
Lansdowne.
Harrisburg.
Wayne.
Toughkenamon.
Leesburg, N. J.
Elizabethtown.
Philadelphia.
Paterson, N. J.
West Chester.
Mendenhall.
Ogden.
Primos.
Baltimore, Md.
York.
Kutztown.
Easton.
Swarthmore.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
West Chester.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
Jersey City,, N. J.
SUM M ARY OF STUDENTS B Y STA TES
Pennsylvania ................................................................................ 296
New J e r s e y .......................................
82
New York ...................................................................................... 88
District o f Columbia............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..........................
9
Maryland ...............................
8
Delaware ......................................................................................
°
Ohio ...............................
7
Indiana ................... ......................... .....................................••••
®
Illinois ............................................................................. ••••
4
West V ir g in ia ............................................*.................................
4
Virginia ............................................................................................ 4
Connecticut ...................................................................................
8
Iowa ................................................................................................
8
Colorado .................................................................................. .. ••
2
Michigan ........................................................................................
2
Wisconsin .......................................................................................
2
Alabama ....................................................................................... '
California .......................................
4
K a n s a s .........1 ................................................................................
1
Kentucky ........................................................
1
M assachusetts....................................................................... ••••
1
Maine .............................................................................................
North Carolina .............................................. *•........... .............. <■
1
Oklahoma ......................................................................................
Tennessee .......................................................................................
4
Washington ..............................................................
1
T otal.............................................................................................. 484
(1 5 7 )
FE L L O W S AN D SCHOLARS, 1917-18
* Joshua Lippincott Fellow: Charles J. D arlington, A.B., 1915.
Lucretia Mott Fellow: H ilda A . L ang, A.B., 1917. Student, University o f
Wisconsin.
* John Lockwood Memorial Fellow: R alph L inton , A.B., 1915.
* Hannah A. Leedom Fellow: J ames M onaghan, J r., A.B., 1913.
Martha E. Tyson Fellow: Charlotte B rewster J ordan, B.L., 1882; M.L.
1886. Student, Madrid, Spain.
Swarthmore-TJniversity o f Pennsylvania Scholar: H oward M. B uckman .
Student, University o f Pennsylvania.
Western Swarthmore Club Scholar: L anta Corinne H astings , 1921.
Trenton Swarthmore Club Scholar: No award, 1918.
Deborah Fisher Wharton Scholar: M abel Morgan K urtz, 1918.
Samuel J. XJnderhill Scholar: I sabel M cK elvet B riggs, 1919.
Anson Lapham Scholar: H enrietta A lbert S mith , 1920.
William C. Sproul Scholars: E sther N ichols H a l t ., 1918. E dgar Z avitz
P almer, 1919. W illiam Y ates I rw in , 1920. J ohn M addux TTir^rr
1921.
’
Philip M. Sharpies Scholars: W illiam J oseph R eilly , 1918.
M ary A nne
M arkle, 1918. J acob N evyas, 1919. H elen Gertrude Y oung,. 1919.
A rthur W ilfred Gardiner, 1920. H elen M oore Martin , 1920. Sam
uel B ently W ebb, 1921. D orothy MIcClellan H ammond, 1921.
Philadelphia Board o f Education Scholars: E m ily L ois V an L oon 1918.
E sther G. T aylor, 1919. H elen Y ogdes M acartney, 1920. [ H en
rietta A lbert Sm ith , 1920. M ildred E stelle W illiaed, 1920. B ea
trice W hiteside , 1920. M argaret W ilson E mbery , 1921. E lizabeth
K nabe, 1921. E m ily H allauer, 1921. J osephine T yson , 1921.
I. V. Williamson Scholars: Friends’ Central School, E t.t.a R oberts H oyt ,
1921. R ichard A rment D arlington, 1922. Moorestown Friends’
School, L eon H oward Collins, J r., 1921. George School, T homas
H all P hilips , 1921. Wilmington Friends ’ School, Caroline P h ilips ,
1921. Locust Valley Friends’ Academy, A lan C. V alantine , 1921.
Swarthmore Public High School, R uth Cromwell M ac Clung, 1921.
H OLDERS OF TH E JOSH U A LIPPIN COTT F E LLO W SH IP
1893-94.
T homas A tkinson J enkins , A.B., 1887; Ph.B., University o f Pennsylvania,
1888; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1894; Professor o f French
Philology, University o f Chicago.*
* The graduate studies have been deferred on account of services connected with
the war.
(1 5 8 )
HOLDERS OP THE JOSHUA LIPPINCOTT FELLOWSHIP
159
B enjamin F ranklin B attin , A.B., 1892; studied in Berlin; Ph.D., Jena,
1900. Lecturer in the German Language and Literature, Swarthmore
College.
1894- 95.
D avid B arker B ushmore, B.S., 1894; M.E., Cornell University, 1895;
C.E., Swarthmore, 1897. Engineer, General Electric Co., Schenectady,
N. Y .
1895- 96.
H oward W hite , J r ., B.S., 1895 ; M.S., University o f Michigan, 1896 ; C.E.,
Swarthmoré, 1900. Deceased.
1896-97; 1897-98.
J ohn W. Gregg, B.L., 1894; A.M., Cornell University, 1898 ; LL.B., George
Washington University, 1906. Lawyer.
1898-99.
E llwood Comly P arry , B.L., 1897 ; studied in Berlin ; M.L., Swarthmore,
1900; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, 1903. Professor o f German,
Central High School, Philadelphia.
1899-1900; 1900-01.
J ohn E dwin W ells, B.L., 1896; M.L., 1899; A.M., Columbia, 1900; Ph.D.,
Yale University, 1915. Professor o f English Literature in Connecticut
College fo r Women.
1901- 02.
M ary Gray L eiper, B.L., 1899; studied in Berlin.
1902- 03. '
B ird T homas B aldwin , B.S., 1900; A.M., Harvard University, 1903;
Ph.D., Ilid., 1905. Professor o f Education and Head o f Research
Station at University o f Iowa.
1903- 04.
A lbert Cook M yers , B.L., 1898; M.L., 1901; studied in Universities of
Wisconsin and Harvard. Historical Writer.
1904- 05.
M arion V irginia P eirce, A.B., Swarthmore, 1903; A.M., University o f
Chicago, 1904; studied in Ecole des Hautes Etudes, Sorbonne, and
Collège de France in Paris, and in the Libraries o f Madrid.
1905- 06.
L ew is F ussell , B.S., 1902; M.S., 1903; E.E. and Ph.D., University o f
Wisconsin, 1907.
Assistant Professor o f Electrical Engineering,
Swarthmore College.
160
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
1906- 07.
L oin s N ewton R obinson, A.B., 1905; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1911;
studied in University o f Halle and Berlin, 1906-07; Fellow in Cornell
University, 1907-08. Professor o f Economies, Swarthmore College.
1907- 08.
S amuel Coelpand P almer, A.B., 1895; A.M., 1907; A.M., Harvard Uni
versity, 1909; Ph.D., Ibid., 1912. Assistant Professor o f Biology,
Swarthmore College.
1908- 09.
M a rt E liza (N orth ) Chenoweth , A.B., 1907; A.M., 1910; studied in
Oxford University, England. Instructor in Art, Swarthmore College.
1909- 10.
M a r t T albott (J a n n b t ) Coxe, A.B., 1906; studied in University o f Ber
lin, Germany.
1910- 11.
Samuel Copeland P almer , A.B., 1895; A.M., 1907; A.M., Harvard Uni
versity, 1909; Ph.D., Ibid., 1912. Assistant Professor o f Biology,
Swarthmore College.
1911- 12.
J ohn H imes P itman , A.B., 1910; A.M., 1911; studied in University o f
California. Instructor in Mathematics and Astronomy, Swarthmore
College.
1912- 13.
I ola K at E astbubn , B.L., 1897; A.M., 1906; Ph.D., University o f Penn
sylvania, 1913; Professor o f German, Wheaton College, Norton, Mass.
1913- 14.
E dw in A ngell Cottrell, A.B., 1907; A.M., Harvard University, 1913.
Investigator in Municipal Administrative Department, University o f
1914- 15
F rederick M terle Simons , J r ., A.B., 1909; A.M., 1912; studied in the
University o f Chicago. Assistant in Department o f Economic^ and
Industry, University o f Chicago.
1915- 16.
F rank H. Griffin , B.S., 1910; studied in Columbia University.
in Chemistry, Friends’ Central School, Philadelphia, Pa.
Instructor
1916- 17.
R atmond T. B ee, A.B., 1914; student, University o f Pennsylvania.
1917Charles J. D arlington, A.B., 1915.
18.
HOLDERS OF THE LUCRETIA MOTT FELLOWSHIP
161
H O LD ERS OP TH E LU C R E TIA MOTT FE LLO W SH IP
1895- 96.
H elen B right (S m ith ) B rinton, A.B., 1895;
sity; A.M., Swarthmore, 1899.
studied in Oxford Univer
1896- 97.
M art S tone M cD owell , A.B., 1896; studied in Oxford University; A.M.,
Columbia University, 1903.
1897- 98.
Sarah (B ancroft) Clark , B.S., 1897; studied in Newnham College, Cam
bridge.
1898- 99.
E dna H arriet R ichards, B.L., 1898; studied in Berlin; A.M., Columbia
University, 1904. Teacher o f German in High School, Salem, Ohio.
1899- 1900.
M ary E lizabeth Seaman , A.B.; 1899; studied in Newnham College, Cam
bridge. Teacher.
1900-01.
A nna Gillingham , A.B., 1900; A.B., Radcliffe, 1901.
Culture School, New York, N. Y.
1901- 02.
L illian W inifred (R ogers) I llmer , A.B., 1901;
,
Teacher in Ethical
studied in Berlin.
1902- 03.
M argaret H ood T aylor, B.L., 1902; studied in Berlin.
1903- 04.
A nnie R oss, A.B., 1903; Ph.M., University o f Chicago, 1904.
French, High School, Hushing, L. I., N. Y .
Teacher o f
1904- 05.
Charlotte R itzema B ogert, A.B., 1904; A.M., Columbia University, 1905.
1905- 06.
E lizabeth H all , A.B., 1905; A.M., Columbia University, 1906.
1906- 07.
B ertha Caroline P ierce, A.B., 1906; A.M., Cornell University, 1907.
Teacher.
1907- 08.
JEANNETTE (C urtis ) Cons , A.B., 1907; A M ., 1909; studied in University
o f Berlin, Germany.
11
162
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
1908- 09.
L izzie Sykes J ames , A.B., 1908; studied in University o f Berlin, Germany;
A.M., University o f Pennsylvania, 1911; Ph.D., University o f Pennsyl
vania, 1914. Teacher o f Latin and German, William Penn High School,
Philadelphia, Pa.
1909- 10.
H elen H arriet P orterfield, A.B., 1909; studied in University o f Chicago.
1910- 11.
J ean H amilton (W alker ) Creighton , A.B., 1910; studied in University
o f Chicago.
1911- 12.
A nna H eydt , A.B., 1911; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1912.
College, Meehanicsburg, Pa.
Teacher in Irving
19.12-13.
Caroline H allowell S medley, A.B., 1912; studied in University o f Cali
fornia. Graduate student and Assistant in Mathematics and Astronomy,
Swarthmore College.
E sther M idler, A.B., 1913;
1913- 14.
studied in University o f Berlin, Germany.
1914- 15.
M arie Safford B ender, A.B., 1914; A.M., University o f Chicago, 1916;
studied in the University o f Chicago. Traffic Engineering Department,
Bell Telephone Company, Philadelphia.
1915- 16.
R eba M ahan Camp , A.B., 1915; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1916.
o f Mathematics, High School, York, Pa.
Teacher
1916- 17.
A nna M. M iohener, A.B., 1916; A.M., Columbia University, 1917.
o f Municipal Research, New York City.
Bureau
H ilda A. L ang, A.B., 1917;
1917- 18.
student, University o f Wisconsin.
H OLDERS OF THE JOHN LOCKW OOD M EM ORIAL
F E L L O W SH IP
1910-11.
E dw in Carleton M acDowell , A.B., 1909; studied in Harvard University;
M.S., Harvard University, 1911; Ph.D., Ibid., 1912. With Carnegie
Institute o f Experimental Evolution, Cold Springs Harbor, L. I., N. Y.
HOLDERS OF THE H AN N AH A. LEEDOM FELLOWSHIP
163
1911-12.
H enry F erris P rice, A.B., 1906; studied in University o f Pennsylvania;
A.M., University o f Pennsylvania, 1913; Ph.D., University o f Penn
sylvania, 1915. Teacher o f Mathematics.
191,2-13.
W alter F rank P ittman , A.B., 1908; A.M., 1909; M.E., 1911; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1914. Consulting Chemical Engineer, U. S. Gov
ernment.
1913- 14.
H elen P rice, A.B., 1907; studied in University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, 1915. Professor o f Greek and Latin, Ox
ford College, Oxford, Ohio.
1914- 15.
H elen H eed, A.B., 1905; studied in Eadclifle College; A.M., Eadcliffe
College, 1915. Teacher o f English, High School, Pleasantville, N. J.
1915- 16.
F rances D arlington, A.B., 1896; student in the University o f Pennsyl
vania.
1916- 17.
E achel T. K night, B.L., 1898; A.M., 1909; student, University o f Iowa.
1917-
18.
E alph L inton, A.B., 1915.
HOLDERS OF TH E H A N N A H A. LEEDOM FE LLO W SH IP
1913- 14.
A rthur P ercival T anberg, A.B., 1910; A.M., 1913; Ph.D., Columbia
University, 1915; studied in Columbia University. Chemist, E. I.
duPont de Nemour Co.
1914- 15.
A rcher T aylor , A.B., 1909; A.M:, University o f Pennsylvania, 1910;
studied in Harvard University; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1915. As
sistant Professor o f German, Washington University, St. Louis, Mo.
1915- 16.
H arold S. E gberts, A.B., 1912; A.M., Princeton University, 1915; stu
dent in the University o f Wisconsin, 1915-17. U. S. Field Artillery.
1916- 17.
Ha n n a h B. Steele, A.B., 1909; A.M., 1912.
1917J ames M onaghan, J r ., A.B., 1913.
18.
Student, Terkes Observatory.
164
SWARTHMOKE COLLEGE BULLETIN
H OLDERS OF TH E M A R T H A E. TYSON FE LLO W SH IP
1914- 15.
H elen P rice, A.B., 1907; studied in the University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, 1915. Professor o f Greek and Latin, Ox
ford College.
1915- 16.
A nne S hoemaker H aines , A.B., 1912; studied in the University o f W is
consin. Teacher o f German, Salem, N. J., High School.
1916- 17.
Katherine P rocter Green , A.B., 1907. Student.
1917- 18.
Charlotte B rewster J ordan, B.L., 1882; M.L., 1886.
Spain.
Student, Madrid,
H O L D E R S 'O F TH E IV Y M ED AL *
1898. A nna B elle E isenhower , A;B.; 1899; A.B., Radcliffe College, 1900;
A.M., Ibid., 1907.
1899. M a rt G. L eiper, B.L., 1899.
1900. M art S. H aviland , B.L., 1900; A.B., Radcliffe, 1901.
1901. George A. Seaman , A.B., 1901.
1902. E lliott R ichardson, B.S., 1902; C.E., 1905.
1903. Samuel T. Stewart , A.B., 1903.
1904. H allidAt R. J ackson , A.B., 1904.
1905. L ou is N. R obinson, A.B., 1905; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1911.
1906. T. H. D udlet P erkins , A.B., 1906.
1907. A mos J. P easlee, A.B., 1907; LL.B., Columbia University, 1911.
1908. H erman P ritchard, B.S:, 1908; A.M., 1911.
1909. W alter P. R ittman , A.B., 1908; A.M., 1909; M.E., 1911; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1914.
1910. J ohn J ohnson , B.S., 1910.
1911. J oseph H. W illits , A.B., 1911; A.M., 1912. Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, 1916.
1912. H erman E lliott W ells , B.S., 1912.
1913. H enrt L ee M essner , A.B., 1913.
1914. A lbert R ot Ogden, A.B., 1914.
1915. T homas B atard M cCabe, A.B., 1915.
1916. H ugh F rederick D enworth , A.B., 1916.
1917. W illiam W est T omlinson , A.B., 1917.
* This medal is placed in the hands o f the faculty without restriction for such
disposition as may be deemed best. It is usually awarded for Character, Scholar
ship, and Influence. Until the year 1910 it was known as the College Medal.
V
D EGREES CONFERRED IN 1917
BACHELOB OF AETS .
In Biology
E verett P helps I r w in ............ ................... ..
J oseph E vans Sand s .....................................
F rances B artlett Stokes .............
Catskill, N. Y .
Yardley,
Eancocas, N. J.
In Chemistry
W illiam A nderson Clarke .................................... .. . Elizabeth, N. J.
P aul B aymond Gibson . .......................................... ... Chester.
Louis M aurice Gl ic k . ................................................. West Chester.
T heoa H amilton ........................... ............. ................ Fargo, N. D.
In Chemical Engineering
Clark W arren D a vis .................................................... Omaha, Neb.
In Economics
B oyd T eehune B arnard ....................................
L eon W illard B riggs . ......................................
E llwood M orris B urdsall ............................ ..
I saac Carpenter, J r ...........................................
J ames Clarence L u k e n s ...............: ..................
J ohn T enney M aso n . ........................................
H arold L esley S m it h .......................................
W illiam W est T omlinson ........................... ...
D aniel K . F. Ya p ................................................
Winfield, Kan.
Trenton, N. J.
Port Chester, N. Y.
White Plains, N. Y.
Moore.
Wilmington, Del.
Coatesville.
Salem, Ohio.
Honolulu, I. H.
In English
F rances H aw k e B aker . J............................................ Chester.
M argaret B ishop ......................................................... Lansdöwne.
Gladys Cunningham H a l l ................................ .......Swarthmore.
H elen E ugenie I ckes .................................................. Norwood.
H elen F lagg I nglis . .................................. .............. Philadelphia.
B eatrice M agill J e n k in s ..........................................Chicago, 111.
F lorence M a y P ierce .................................................. Yeadon.
N orman Glass S hidle .................................................. Swarthmore.
M ary E ntriken T aylor ...................... ........................ West Chester.
L illian Gwinner T rego............................. ..
Swarthmore.
M ary L ouise W ilson ................................................ . .Valdosta, Ga.
(1 6 5 )
166
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
In French
Grace Cochran ............................................................. West Chester.
M a rt H ickman Gawthrop .......................................... Kennett Square.
M innie E lm a Gould ......................... .... .■..................... Locust Vale, Md.
F lorence K e n n e d y .......................................................Philadelphia.
H ester Cannon L evis .................................................. Elkton, Md.
E lizabeth Sharpless W orth .....................................Coatesville.
H elen A. Y oung ............................. ..............................Easton.
In German
E sther H elen Culver ................................................. Quogue, N. Y.
M arion F rances J ackson ..................... ..................... Jericho, N. Y.
H ilda A nna L ang ..........................................................Rutledge.
R hoda A lice L ippincott .............................................. Swarthmore.
R. M arguerite N eely ................................................... Philadelphia.
Sarah L ucretxa Strong ......................... .....................Ringoes, N. J.
F lorence M a y T ice ...................................................... Quakertown, N. J.
In Greek and Latin
Olga A lice A gon ........................................................... Jeannette.
H elen Catharine Cl a r k .............................................. Philadelphia.
R u th Craighead .............................................................Harrisburg.
H elen D aniels ..............................................................Swarthmore.
P aul F leming Ge m m h l ............................................... York.
A imee D orothy H anson .............................................. Perth Amboy, N. J.
Charla Gaige H u ll ...................................................... Johnson City, N. Y.
E sther Stowell P attison ......................................... Swarthmore.
H arper Clifton P endry .............................................. Bowersville, Ohio.
Clementine M artenis S m it h .....................................Perth Amboy, N. J.
J ohn R oach Sproul...................................................... Chester.
In History
J ames W ilson A m e s ..................................................... Hawley.
M arian L inda K eene ................................................... Lansdowne.
J osephine B eaumont R akestraw ........................... Philadelphia.
J ulia R alston Y oung .................................................. Rutledge.
In Mathematics
R ebecca W ilson Conrow .............................................Riverton, N. J.
M arion Goldsborough F ir m in .................................. Glenside.
M ary M ather ................................................................Wayne.
A nna E lizabeth Sullivan ......................................... Lansdowne.
Gertrude N orma W ood................................................Overbrook.
In Philosophy
E lizabeth K nowles M orrison ................................. Swarthmore.
E lsie M a y Sinzheimer ................................................. Philadelphia.
DEGREES CONFERRED IN
1917
In Physics
I saac Clyde Cornog................................................•.Concofdville.
In Political Science
TTarot.d A in s w o r t h ......................................................Swarthmore.
Clement J oseph A lderfer..........................................Erie.
J ohn W esley B eta ....................................................... Lebanon, Ind.
Clarence Gates M yers , . s ......................................... Waterloo, Iowa.
.
In Psychology and Education
M ary Cleaver A tkin son .............................................Trenton, N. J.
E llen W atso n ................................................................Philadelphia.
In Public Speaking
H elen Co l e s ................................. .............................. . Merehantville, N. J.
E m ily P arry J oyce ......................................................Swarthmore.
F rances H elen M a x w e l l .......................................... Lansdowne.
M argaret N eil Y erkes ......................... ................ .. Swarthmore.
In Civil Engineering
L yn n H amilton B a il e y ............................................. Leonia, N. J.
A dolph K orn .................................................................Clifton Heights.
W illiam T heodore P ohlig ..........................................Bala.
In Electrical Engineering
Clarence E sbin M cN e ill ........ _..................................Philadelphia.
In Mechanical Engineering
Charles Granniss B onner ........................................ Somerton.
R ichard L loyd B urdsall ........................................... Port Chester, N. Y
F rederick P yle Gutelius .......................................... Hopewell, N. J.
R andolph B ehrens H arlan ......................................Maueh Chunk.
W alter B erlinger L a n g ............................................. Rutledge.
W illiam R andolph M oore, J r .................................. Roanoke, Ya.
E dwin T asso M organ .................................................Wilmington, Ohio.
A lbert R ussell P hipps P ettit ................................ Moorestown, N. J.
W illiam M acClean Shoemaker , J r .........................Swarthmore.
W alter E ugene Sm it h ............................................... Eureka, N. Y .
George D onald Spa ce m a n ..........................................Coatesville.
Chemical Engineer
W alter F rank R ittm a n ............................................. Salem, Ohio.
A.B., Swarthmore College, 1908; A.M., 1909; M.E., 1911.
167
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Alumni Association was organized May 8, 1875, and in
corporated January 16, 1882. Its object is “ to promote union
and good feeling among the Alumni, and to advance in all proper
ways the interests of Swarthmore College.” A ll graduates are
ipso facto members o f the Association. The Annual Reunion is
held on the Saturday preceding Commencement. '
OFFICERS FOE 1917-18
President
E dward B. T emple , ’ 91......................................................... Swarthmore, Pa.
Vice Presidents
H elen U nderhill W ood, ’ 09................................................ Mount Kisco N. Y.
D avid B. B ushmore, ’ 94 ........................................................ Schenectady, N. Y.
P hilip M. H icks , ’ 05.................................................... .
Avondale, Pa.
Secretary and Treasurer
A bby M ary H all B oberts, ’ 90................................. ............Swarthmore, Pa.
Directors
T e r m e x p ir e s J u n e , 1 9 1 8
B obert P yle , ’97.................................................. .................. West Grove, Pa.
H enry G. T urner, ’ 93.................................................... ......... New York N. Y.
B uth Y erlenden, ’l l ..............................................................Darby, Pa.
T e r m e x p ir e s J u n e , 1 9 1 9
E m m a Chambers W hite , ’94 ...................................
S tockton M atthews , ’ 02........ ............................ . .
P hilip T. Sharples , ’ 10............................. ..............
■Atlantic City, N. J.
Baltimore, Md.
■West Chester, Pa.
SW ARTH M ORE CLUBS
T H E P H IL A D E L P H IA SW A R T H M O R E CLUB
The Philadelphia Swarthmore Club was founded in 1889.
Good fellowship and love of Alma Mater have been the key
stone in the arch o f the club’s continued success. Since 1899
(168)
SWARTHMORE CLUBS
169
the club has held without interruption an annual meeting and
dinner, the Philadelphia association hping the only one which
has such a record. The first annual dinner was held on April
14, 1889, and was attended by about sixty members. The at
tendance now averages about one hundred and seventy-five. The
club has never had any regular officers, hut it is the practice to
appoint each year a committee to take charge of the meeting
and dinner for the ensuing year. During his lifetime, Mr. Gerrit E. H. Weaver was the moving spirit and chairman o f this
committee. From the date o f his death until 1914 Howard
Cooper Johnson acted as chairman. Charles C. Miller is the
present chairman.
T H E W E STE R N S W A R TH M O R E CLUB
In December, 1903, at an informal dinner, about a dozen
Swarthmoreans met and organized the Chicago Swarthmore
Club. The Chicago Club met for a year or so, and, having elected
Francis E. Broomell, ’93, secretary and treasurer, decided to
widen its field, and offer an annual free honor scholarship, con
sisting of board, room, and tuition. The club was then called the
Western Swarthmore Club, and its membership soon increased
to about seventy graduates and ex-students in the West. In
1916 the scholarship was offered to men only. It is open for
competition to all high and preparatory school graduates west
of the Allegheny Mountains, and the Club has sent twelve stu
dents through the freshman year, and has been the means of
inducing more than twice that number to choose Swarthmore.
In this way all the principal high schools in the Middle West
hear of Swarthmore every year and the students carry her good
name wherever they go. The Western Swarthmore Club has
thus proved Swarthmore spirit not by words, but by deeds. The
present officers are: President, Professor T. A. Jenkins, ’87;
Secretary, Thomas R. Taylor, ’12; Chairman Entertainment
Committee, Lloyd D. Lewis, ’13.
Club Scholars: 1906-07, Murat Louis Johnson, A.B. 1909,
Kentucky; 1907-08, Clyde Insley Blanchard, ex-1911, Missouri;
1908-09, Alice Elizabeth Masten, ex-1912, Indiana; 1909-10,
James Jacob Schock, 1913, Oklahoma; 1910-11, Edwin Adams
170
SWART H MORE COLLEGE BULLETIN
Lucas, 1914, Illinois; 1911-12, Leila Eloise Vest, 1915, Iowa;
1912-13, John Ewing O f chard, 1916, Nebraska; 1913-14, Clar
ence Gates Myers, 1917, Iow a; 1914-15, Jess Halsted, 1918,
Wisconsin; 1915-16, Allin Hugh Pierce, 1919, Iow a; 1916-17,
Mary Alexander Campbell, 1920, Kentucky, and Francis Arthur
Jenkins, 1920, Illinois; 1917-18, Lanta Hastings, 1921, Illinois.
TR EN TO N SW A R T H M O R E CLUB
The Trenton Swarthmore Club is an organization of the
Swarthmore men located in Trenton, N. J., formed primarily
fo r the purpose of furnishing a scholarship in Swarthmore Col
lege to the preparatory schools in Trenton and vicinity.
The organization offers yearly a competitive honor scholarship
of $200 for a period of two years. The club awards the scholar
ship to a male applicant from the neighboring territory, which
includes seven of the most prominent preparatory schools within
a radius o f ten miles.
The requirements of application are based somewhat on those
o f the Rhodes Scholarship, and embrace scholarship, character,
moral force, and physical development. The purpose o f the
award is to secure and to induce men from that vicinity to enter
Swarthmore, the aim o f the committee being to attract and de
velop all-around men, since no particular stress is given to any
one line of activity.
Club Scholars: 1910-11, Howard Buckman, 1914, Trenton High
School; 1911-12, Hyland Lorraine Hodgson, ex-1915, Trenton
High School; 1912-13, Edwin Augustus Tomlinson, 1916, George
School; Stanley A voy Pennock, ex-1917, Peddie Institute; 191415, Frederick Stockham Donnelly, 1918, New Jersey State Model
School, and W alter W . Maule, 1918, George School; 1915-16,
Franklin Preston Buckman, 1919, Trenton High School, 1916-17,
F. Whitson Fetter, 1920, Princeton High School.
SW A R T H M O R E CLU B OF W E S T ‘ JE R SE Y
A meeting o f Swarthmore graduates and ex-students living in
and around Riverton and Moorestown, N. J., was held on March
31,1911, and the name agreed upon as the “ Swarthmore Club o f
West Jersey.” Its purpose is expressed in the follow ing: “ We
SWARTHMORE CLUBS
171
the subscribers, hereby form ourselves into an association under
the name o f the ‘ Swarthmore Club of West Jersey,’ for the pur
pose o f promoting the best interests o f Swarthmore College.
Dated this the 31st day of March, A. D. 1911. ’ ’ This association
now numbers thirty-six members.
T H E N E W Y O R K SW A R TH M O R E CLUB
The New York Swarthmore Club is an informal organization,
possessing neither constitution nor by-laws, but having duly
elected officers and a board of governors. The Club, which in
cludes in its membership over a hundred Swarthmore men, resi
dent in the Metropolitan district, holds semi-annual reunions
and has been fortunate in having as guests on these occasions
members of the faculty. The New York concert o f the College
Musical Club last winter was given under the auspices o f the
Club.
One o f the organizers and the first President was the late
Joseph Fitch, 1879, who served on the board o f governors until
his death. His loyalty, enthusiasm, and wise counsel will be
sadly missed.
The present officers are: President, Frederick A. Seaman, ’83 ;
Secretary and Treasurer, E. P. Palmer, ’06; Board o f Governors:
Frederick A. Seaman, ’83; Henry C. Turner, ’93; R. Grant
Bennett, ’97; John P. Broomell, ’99; Maurice E. Griest, ’04;
Edward P. Palmer, ’06; Henry C. Field, ’09; W. Laurie Sea
man, ’15.
IN D E X
Absences from Classes, 78
Absences from Examination, 78
Administrative Officers, 24
, R e q u i r e m e n t s f o r , 49
Certificate, Admission by, 50
Examination for Admission, 49
College
Entrance
Examination
Board, 49
Advanced Standing, 68
Alumni Association, 168
Alumni Field, 82
Alumni Library Fund, 35
Applied Science, Courses of Study in,
73
Art, Department of, and Courses, 111
Astronomical Observatories, 29
Astronomy and Mathematics, Depart
ment of, and Courses, 137
Athenæum Literary Society, 33
A t h l e t i c A s s o c i a t i o n , 34
. Women’s Athletic Association, 34
A
d m is s io n
A
t h l e t ic
F
ie l d s
:
Alumni Field, 32
Cunningham Field, 32
Swarthmore Field, 32
Attendance at Meeting or Church, 33
Aural and Oral Tests in Foreign Modern
: Languages, 52
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 81
Bachelor of Arts in Engineering, De
gree, 69
Beardsley Hall, 30
Biology, Department of, and Courses,
112
Birds, W ilcox and Farnham Collection
of, 37
B
oard
o f
M
a n ag ers,
12
Officers and Committees
Board, 13
Brown Library Fund, 35
B
u il d in g s
of
the
, 27
Astronomical Observatories, 29
Beardsley Hall, 30
Benjamin West House, 32
Chemistry, Hall of, 27
Cunningham House, 32
Hall Gymnasium (for M en), 31
Heat, Light and Power Plant, 32.
Library Building, 29
Meeting-House, 32
Parrish Hall, 27
Physics and Engineering, Hall of,
27 è
President’ s House, 31 x
Somerville Hall (Gymnasium for
Women),. 31
Sproul Observatory, 28
Swimming Pools, 31
Wharton Hall (Men’s Dormitory),
- 27
Bulletin, Swarthmore College, 35
Ca
lendar
,. C o
lleg e
Chemistry, Hall of, 27
Church or Meeting, Attendance at, 33
Christian Associations, 34
Civil Engineering, 127
Classical Club, 34
Co-education, 33
College Publications, 35
Committee on Trusts, 176
Committees o f the Board of Managers,
13
Committees of the Faculty, 25
Conditions, Removal of, 76
Contents, Table of, 10
Corson Collection of Stalactites and
Stalagmites, 37
Course Advisers, 76
Course of Study, General Undergrad
uate, 69
Cunningham Field, 32
Cunningham House, 32
Curriculum for the Freshman Year in
the Courses in Arts, 73
Curriculum for the Freshman and
Sophomore Years in Applied Science,
74
Debating League, Intercollegiate, 98
D
eg rees,
80
Bachelor of Arts, 80
Engineering Degrees, 81
Master of Arts, 80
Degrees Conferred in 1917, 165
D
epa rtm en ts
s t r u c t io n ,
and
Co
u rses
o f
I
n
83
Art, 111
Biology, 112
Chemistry and Chemical E n g i
neering, 115
Economics, 104
Education and Psychology, 108
Engineering, Chemical, 118
. Engineering, Civil, 127
Engineering, Electrical, 129
Engineering, Mechanical, 128
English, 83
French and Spanish, 85
German, 89
Greek, 92
History and International Rela
tions, 99
History of Religion and Philos
ophy, 106
Latin, 92
Law, 106
.Mathematics and Astronomy, 1 3 7
Physical Education, 1 4 3
Physics, 1 4 1
Political Science, 1 0 1
Psychology and Education, 108
,
Public Speaking, 96
Deutscher Verein, 3 4
D
o r m it o r ie s
, 27
Parrish Hall, 27
Wharton Hall, 4, 27
E ckfeldt Herbarium, 3 7
Economics, Department of, and Courses,
104 ^
Education and Psychology, Department
of, and Courses, 108
, 9
Lunar, 8
I Cercle français, 34
Certificate, Admission by, 50
Chemical Engineering, Course in, 118
Chemistry, Department of, and Courses
in, 115
(1 7 3 )
174
INDEX
Education, Physical, 143
Elective Studies, 72
Electrical Engineering, 129
Engineering, Degrees in, 81
* Engineering Shops, 30, 126
Engineers’ Club, 34
English Club, 34
English, Department of, and Courses,
83
Entrance Requirements, 51
Ethnological Collection, The Frederick
Kohl, 37
Examinations, Exemption from, 77
Examinations for Admission, 49
Expenses of Student Living, 39
Dining-Room Rates, 40
Extra W ork Outside of Class, 76
F
a cu lty
, 15
Committees o f the Faculty, 25
Fees, Tuition, Laboratory, and other,
40
Fellows and Scholars, List o f for 191718, 158
F e l l o w s h i p s a n d S c h o l a r s h i p s , 44
Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship, 44
John Lockwood Memorial, 44
Joshua Lippincott Fellowship, 44
Lucretia Mott Fellowship, 44
Martha E. Tyson Fellowship, 45
Scholarships, List of, 45
First-day Meeting, 33
Founders’ Day, 1917, 4
French and Spanish, Department of,
and Courses, 85 Friends’ Historical Library, 35
Friends’ Meeting, 33
German Language and Literature, De
partment of, and Courses, 89
Grades, System of, 77
Graduation, Requirements for, 69
Greek Language and Literature, De
partment of, and Courses, 92
G y m n a s i a , 3,1
Hall Gymnasium (for M en), 31
Somerville Hall (for W omen), 31
Halcyon, The, 35
Hall Gymnasium (for M en), 31
Herbarium, The Eckfeldt, 37
Heat, Light and Power Plant, 32
History and International Relations, De
partment of, and Courses, 99
History of Religion and Philosophy,
Department of, and Courses, 106
Irregular Courses of Study, 74
Ivy Medal, Holders of, 1898-1918, 164
Jubilee Fund, The, 3
Kohl Ethnological Collection, The Fred
erick, 37
Laboratory Fees, 40
Latin Language and Literature, De
partment of, and Courses, 92
Law, Department of, and Courses, 106
Leedom Fellowship, The Hannah A., 44
Holders of 1913-18, 163
Leidy Collection o f Minerals, The, 37
Leidy Scientific Society, The Joseph, 33
L i b r a r i e s a n d R e a d i n g R o o m s , 35
Friends’ Historical Library, 35
Library Building, 29
Lippincott Fellowship, The Joshua, 44
Holders o f 1893-1917, 158
Literary Societies, Student, 33
Location and' Foundation o f the Col
lege, 26
Lockwood Memorial Fellowship, John, 44
Holders o f 1910-18, 162
Major Subject, 72
M
a n ag ers,
B
oard
o f
, 12
Officers and Committees of the
Board, 13
Map of College Grounds, facing title
page.
Master of Arts Degree, 80
Mathematics and Astronomy, Depart
ment of, and Courses. 137
Mathematical and Astronomical Club, 34
Mechanical Engineering, 128
Meeting or Church, Attendance at, 33
Meeting-house, 32
Minerals and Crystallographic, Speci
mens, Scarlet Collection of, 37
Minerals, Leidy Collection of, 37
Mott Fellowship, The Lucretia, 44
Holders of 1895-1917, 161
M
u seu m ,
l o g ic a l
Th e
, 37
B
io l o g ic a l
an d
Geo
Corson Collection of Stalactites and
Stalagmites, 37
Eckfeldt Herbarium, 37
Kohl Ethnological Collection, 37
Leidy Collection of Minerals, 37
Osteology, Collection Illustrating
Comparative, 37
Parker Collection of Shells, 37
Scarlet Collection of Minerals, 37
Shoemaker Collection, 37
W ilcox and Farnham Collection of
Birds, 37
Observatories, Astronomical, 29
Oratorical Associations and Prizes, 98
Osteology, Collection Illustrating Com
parative,' 37
Parker Collection of Shells, The C. F.,
37
Parrish Hall, 27
Pennsylvania Debating League, 98
Philosophy and Religion, Department of,
History of, and Courses, 106
Phoenix, The, 35
Physics, Department of, and Courses,
3.41
Physics and Engineering, Hall of, 27
P
h y s ic a l
m en t,
E d
143
u c a t io n
, G
en era l
Sta
te
Physical Education of the Men
Students, Department of, and
Courses, 143
Physical Education of the Women
Students, Department of, and
Courses, 144
Political Science, Department of, and
Courses, 101
Prescribed Studies, 71
President’s House, 31
Prizes, Oratorical Associations and, 98
Psychology and Education, Department
of, and Courses, 108
P
u b l ic a t io n s
, Co
lleg e
, 35
Bulletin, Swarthmore College, 35
Phoenix, 35
Halcyon, 35
Public Speaking, Department of, and
Courses, 96
Contests and Prizes, 98
Railway Facilities, 26
Religion and Philosophy, Department
of, History and Courses, 106
Religious Life, 33
Requirements for Admission, 49
Requirements for Graduation, 69
Scarlet Collection of Minerals, 37
Scholarships, List of, 45
Shells, The C. F. Parker Collection of,
37
175
INDEX
Shoemaker Collection, The Annie, 37
Social Life, 32
Somerville
Hall
(Gymnasium
for
W omen), 31
Somerville Literary Society, 3 3
Spanish, 8 5
Sproul Observatory, 2 8
Stalactites and Stalagmites, The Rob
ert R. Corson Collection of, 3 7
States, Summary of Students by, 1 5 7
S
tu d en ts
’ So
c ie t ie s
Students, 1917-18, 146
Summer School Work, 76
Swarthmore Clubs, 168
Swarthmore Field, 32
Swimming Pools, 31
Tuition and Other Fees, 40
Trusts, Committee on, 176
Tyson Fellowship, The Martha E., 45
Holders of 1914-18, 164
U
, 33
Athletic Association, 3 4
Athenæum Literary Society, 3 3
Cercle français, 3 4
Christian Associations, 3 4
Classical Club, 3 4
Deutscher Yerein, 3 4
Engineers’ Club, 3 4
English Club, 3 4
Leidy Scientific Society, 3 3
Mathematical
and
Astronomical
Club, 3 4
Somerville Literary Society, 33
Women’s Athletic Association, 34
ndergraduate
G
U
ndergraduate
L
Co
u rse
S
o f
, 69
Elective Studies, 7 2
Irregular Courses of Study,
Major Subject, 7 2
Prescribed Studies, 7 1
tudy
,
en era l
is t
o f
S
tu d en ts
,
74
1 9 1 7 -1 8 ,
, 146
Summary by States, 157
West, Benjamin, House, 32
Wharton Hall, 27
W ilcox and Farnham Collection
Birds, 37
Women’s Athletic Association, 34
of
COMMITTEE ON TRUSTS
CHARLES F. JE N K IN S,
West Washington Square, Philadelphia.
EDMUND W EBSTER,
1324 South Broad Street, Philadelphia.
ISA A C H. CLOTHIER,
Eighth and Market Streets, Philadelphia.
HOWARD COOPER JOHNSON,
1210-1214 Commonwealth Building, Philadelphia.
RO BERT PY LE ,
West Grove, Pa.
JO SEPH SW AIN,
Swarthmore, Pa.
T. STOCKTON M ATTHEW S,
Calvert and German Streets, Baltimore, Md,
(17 6 )
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1917-1918
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog
1917 - 1918
reformatted digital